JP2020127238A - Wireless system, wireless apparatus, communication program, and communication method - Google Patents

Wireless system, wireless apparatus, communication program, and communication method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2020127238A
JP2020127238A JP2020082697A JP2020082697A JP2020127238A JP 2020127238 A JP2020127238 A JP 2020127238A JP 2020082697 A JP2020082697 A JP 2020082697A JP 2020082697 A JP2020082697 A JP 2020082697A JP 2020127238 A JP2020127238 A JP 2020127238A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
communication
connection
wireless system
wireless
slave
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2020082697A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP6938716B2 (en
Inventor
博是 竹内
Hiroyuki Takeuchi
博是 竹内
慶崇 井村
Yoshitaka Imura
慶崇 井村
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nintendo Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Nintendo Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nintendo Co Ltd filed Critical Nintendo Co Ltd
Publication of JP2020127238A publication Critical patent/JP2020127238A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6938716B2 publication Critical patent/JP6938716B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Abstract

To provide a wireless apparatus, a communication program, and a communication method that can communicate with various apparatuses.SOLUTION: In a method, connection is established between a first apparatus and a second apparatus by setting the first apparatus as a master and the second apparatus as a slave, and wireless communication is performed. The second apparatus includes transmission means for wirelessly transmitting data by broadcast or multicast, and reception means for wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast. Wireless communication is performed without establishing connection with another apparatus by repeating a transmission process by the transmission means in a state connected with the first apparatus as the slave and a reception process by the reception means, and repeats the transmission process and the reception process while changing at least any one of an execution period of the transmission process, timing to perform the transmission process, an execution period of the reception process, and timing to perform the reception process.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 7

Description

本発明は、複数の機器と通信を行うことが可能な無線システム、無線機器、通信プログラム、および通信方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a wireless system capable of communicating with a plurality of devices, a wireless device, a communication program, and a communication method.

従来より、近距離での無線通信を行う機器が存在する(例えば、特許文献1)。例えば、Bluetooth(登録商標)規格による通信では、ある機器がマスターとなり別の機器がスレーブとなって1つのネットワークを構成し通信が行われる。 BACKGROUND ART Conventionally, there are devices that perform wireless communication in a short distance (for example, Patent Document 1). For example, in communication according to the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard, one device serves as a master and another device serves as a slave to form one network for communication.

特開2014−17989号公報JP, 2014-17989, A

しかしながら、従来の無線通信においては、ある機器と接続された状態の機器が、様々な機器と通信を行うということに関して改善の余地があった。 However, in the conventional wireless communication, there is room for improvement in that a device connected to a certain device communicates with various devices.

それ故、本発明の目的は、様々な機器と通信をすることが可能な技術を提供することである。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a technique capable of communicating with various devices.

本発明は、上記の課題を解決するために、以下の構成を採用した。 The present invention adopts the following configurations in order to solve the above problems.

本発明の一例は、無線通信を行うことが可能な複数の機器を含む無線システムであって、前記無線システムは、第1の機器と、第2の機器と、第3の機器と、第4の機器とを含む。前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器をマスターとし、前記第2の機器をスレーブとして、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行う。前記第4の機器及び前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器をマスターとし、前記第3の機器をスレーブとして、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行う。前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う。 One example of the present invention is a wireless system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication, wherein the wireless system includes a first device, a second device, a third device, and a fourth device. Including equipment. The first device and the second device establish a connection between the first device and the second device by using the first device as a master and the second device as a slave. Wireless communication. The fourth device and the third device establish a connection between the fourth device and the third device by using the fourth device as a master and the third device as a slave. Wireless communication. The second device wirelessly communicates with the third device in a state of being connected to the first device as a slave and being connected to the fourth device as a slave.

上記によれば、第1の機器のスレーブとして動作している第2の機器は、第4の機器のスレーブとして動作している第3の機器と通信を行うことができる。 According to the above, the second device operating as the slave of the first device can communicate with the third device operating as the slave of the fourth device.

ここで、「接続を確立する」とは、一方の機器から他方の機器に対して接続のために必要となる情報が送信されて情報がやり取りされた後に接続された状態(接続状態)になることを意味する。接続された状態では、接続が確立される際にやり取りされた情報に基づいて、2つの機器は通信を行う。 Here, “establishing a connection” means a state in which one device is connected to another device after the information necessary for the connection is transmitted and the information is exchanged (connected state). Means that. In the connected state, the two devices communicate with each other based on the information exchanged when the connection is established.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を有してもよい。第2の機器は、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とをスレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と通信を行う。 In one embodiment, the second device may include a transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits data by broadcast or multicast, and a receiving unit that wirelessly receives the data transmitted by broadcast or multicast. The second device is connected to the fourth device as a slave by executing the transmission process by the transmission means and the reception process by the reception device while being connected to the first device as a slave. It communicates with the third device in the state.

上記によれば、第1の機器のスレーブとして動作している第2の機器は、ブロードキャストでデータを送受信することによって、第4の機器のスレーブとして動作している第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device operating as the slave of the first device can communicate with the third device operating as the slave of the fourth device by transmitting and receiving data by broadcasting. You can

ここで、「ブロードキャスト」は、不特定の機器(通信可能な範囲にある全ての機器)に対するブロードキャスト、及び、限定された不特定の機器に対するブロードキャストを含む。「限定された不特定の機器」とは、機器を唯一に特定しないものの(機器に割り当てられた固有のアドレスを特定しないものの)、共通の属性を持った機器又は共通の状態にある機器である。 Here, the "broadcast" includes a broadcast to an unspecified device (all devices within a communicable range) and a broadcast to a limited unspecified device. A "limited unspecified device" is a device that does not uniquely specify the device (though it does not specify the unique address assigned to the device), but has a common attribute or a device in a common state. ..

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第3の機器と接続していない状態で、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で無線通信によって所定のデータの送信又は受信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device is not connected to the third device, and wirelessly communicates with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave. You may transmit or receive predetermined data.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第3の機器と接続せずに、第4の機器のスレーブとして動作している第3の機器と通信を行うことができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device operating as a slave of the fourth device without connecting to the third device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記所定のデータとして、アプリケーションにおいて利用されるデータの送信又は受信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may transmit or receive data used in an application as the predetermined data.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記所定のデータとして、ゲームにおいて利用されるデータの送信又は受信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may transmit or receive data used in a game as the predetermined data.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記所定のデータとして、アプリケーションで再生されるコンテンツに関するデータの送信又は受信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may transmit or receive data relating to content reproduced by an application as the predetermined data.

上記によれば、アプリケーション(ゲームを含む)において利用されるデータ、アプリケーションで再生されるコンテンツ(例えば、画像や音声等)に関するデータを、第2の機器と第3の機器との間でやり取りすることができる。すなわち、スレーブとして第1の機器と接続されている第2の機器は、スレーブとして第4の機器と接続されている第3の機器と、上記データを送信及び/又は受信することができる。 According to the above, the data used in the application (including the game) and the data related to the content (for example, image and sound) reproduced by the application are exchanged between the second device and the third device. be able to. That is, the second device, which is connected to the first device as a slave, can transmit and/or receive the data, to and from the third device, which is connected to the fourth device as a slave.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続している状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と接続を確立せずに無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device repeatedly performs the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit in a state of being connected to the first device, and thus the second device acts as a slave. The wireless communication may be performed without establishing the connection with the third device in the state of being connected to the fourth device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第3の機器と接続を確立せずに通信を行うことができる。 Based on the above, the second device can communicate with the third device without establishing a connection.

一実施形態では、前記ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されるデータは、他の機器と接続を確立するためのデータであってもよい。 In one embodiment, the data transmitted by the broadcast or multicast may be data for establishing a connection with another device.

上記によれば、ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストデータを送信することにより他の機器と接続を確立することができる。 Based on the above, it is possible to establish a connection with another device by transmitting broadcast or multicast data.

一実施形態では、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態の前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該接続を維持した状態で、前記第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device connected to the first device as a slave establishes a connection with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave. However, wireless communication may be performed with the third device while maintaining the connection.

上記によれば、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態の第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の第3の機器と接続を確立して通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device connected to the first device as a slave establishes a connection with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave and communicates with the third device. You can

一実施形態では、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態の前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該接続を切断することなく、前記第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device connected to the first device as a slave establishes a connection with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave. However, wireless communication with the third device may be performed without disconnecting the connection.

上記によれば、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態の第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の第3の機器と接続を確立して通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device connected to the first device as a slave establishes a connection with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave and communicates with the third device. You can

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続している状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、前記第2の機器の周囲にある他の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device repeatedly executes the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit in a state of being connected to the first device, whereby the second device Wireless communication may be performed with other devices around the device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器と接続している状態で、ブロードキャストによる送信処理及び受信処理を繰り返し行うことで自機の周辺にある他の機器と通信をすることができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with other devices in the vicinity of itself by repeatedly performing the transmission process and the reception process by the broadcast while being connected to the first device. it can.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、前記第2の機器の周囲にある他の機器を探索し、当該探索によって検出した、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device repeatedly executes the transmitting process by the transmitting unit and the receiving process by the receiving unit to search for another device around the second device, A connection may be established between the third device detected as a slave and connected to the fourth device as the slave.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器と接続している状態で、ブロードキャストによる送信処理及び受信処理を繰り返し行うことで第3の機器を探索し、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の第3の機器と接続を確立することができる。 According to the above, the second device searches for the third device by repeatedly performing the transmission process and the reception process by the broadcast in the state of being connected to the first device, and the fourth device as the slave. A connection can be established with the third device in the state of being connected to.

一実施形態では、前記送信処理の実行期間、前記送信処理を実行するタイミング、前記受信処理の実行期間、及び、前記受信処理の実行するタイミングのうち少なくとも何れかは可変であってもよい。 In one embodiment, at least one of an execution period of the transmission process, a timing of executing the transmission process, an execution period of the reception process, and a timing of execution of the reception process may be variable.

一実施形態では、前記送信処理の実行期間、前記送信処理を実行するタイミング、前記受信処理の実行期間、及び、前記受信処理の実行するタイミングのうち少なくとも何れかはランダムに設定されてもよい。 In one embodiment, at least one of an execution period of the transmission process, a timing of executing the transmission process, an execution period of the reception process, and a timing of execution of the reception process may be set at random.

上記によれば、送信処理及び受信処理が繰り返し行われることにより、例えば、一方の機器の送信タイミングと、他方の機器の受信タイミングとが合うようにすることができる。 Based on the above, by repeatedly performing the transmission process and the reception process, for example, the transmission timing of one device and the reception timing of the other device can be matched.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記送信処理および前記受信処理を交互に繰り返し実行してもよい。ここでの「送信処理および受信処理を交互に繰り返し実行する」場合には、送信処理と受信処理との間に休止期間を挟んで、送信処理と受信処理とが交互に行われてもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may alternately and repeatedly perform the transmitting process and the receiving process. In the case of “repeating the transmission process and the reception process alternately and alternately” here, the transmission process and the reception process may be alternately performed with a pause period interposed between the transmission process and the reception process.

上記によれば、例えば、一方の機器の送信タイミングと、他方の機器の受信タイミングとが合うまでの時間を短縮することができる。 Based on the above, for example, the time until the transmission timing of one device and the reception timing of the other device match can be shortened.

一実施形態では、前記送信処理と前記受信処理との間、前記送信処理と前記送信処理との間、および、前記受信処理と前記受信処理との間の少なくとも何れかには、前記送信処理および前記受信処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が存在してもよい。 In one embodiment, at least one of the transmission processing and the reception processing, the transmission processing and the transmission processing, and/or the reception processing and the reception processing includes the transmission processing and the reception processing. There may be a sleep period during which neither of the reception processes is performed.

上記によれば、前記送信処理および前記受信処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が設けられるため、消費電力を抑えることができる。 According to the above, since the sleep period in which neither the transmission process nor the reception process is performed is provided, power consumption can be suppressed.

一実施形態では、前記スリープ期間は可変であってもよい。 In one embodiment, the sleep period may be variable.

一実施形態では、前記スリープ期間はランダムに設定されてもよい。 In one embodiment, the sleep period may be set randomly.

上記によれば、送信処理及び受信処理が繰り返し行われることにより、例えば、一方の機器の送信タイミングと、他方の機器の受信タイミングとが合うようにすることができる。 Based on the above, by repeatedly performing the transmission process and the reception process, for example, the transmission timing of one device and the reception timing of the other device can be matched.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器からの指示なしで、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may wirelessly communicate with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave without an instruction from the first device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器からの指示無しで、第3の機器と通信をすることができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device without an instruction from the first device.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器とは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器が接続された状態において、同期通信を繰り返し行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the first device and the second device may repeatedly perform synchronous communication in a state where the first device and the second device are connected.

上記によれば、第1の機器と第2の機器とは、接続された状態において同期して通信を行う。すなわち、送信側と受信側とでタイミングを合わせて通信が行われる。これにより、効率的に通信を行うことができるとともに、両方の機器を受信状態でも送信状態でもない状態にする期間を設けることで消費電力を抑えることができる。 According to the above, the first device and the second device synchronously communicate in the connected state. That is, the transmission side and the reception side perform communication at the same timing. As a result, communication can be efficiently performed, and power consumption can be suppressed by providing a period in which both devices are in neither the receiving state nor the transmitting state.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との前記同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system may include allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connection between the first device and the second device. The second device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform the synchronous communication with the first device based on the allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device. May be.

上記によれば、第1の機器と第2の機器との間の接続には許容期間が設けられる。このため、例えば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との同期通信を行わないようにすることができ、必ず同期通信を行わなければならない場合と比べて、第2の機器の消費電力を抑えることができる。 According to the above, the allowable period is provided for the connection between the first device and the second device. Therefore, for example, the second device can be prevented from performing the synchronous communication with the first device, and the power consumption of the second device can be reduced as compared with the case where the synchronous communication must be performed. Can be suppressed.

ここで、「許容期間」とは、時間を意味してもよいし、第2の機器と通信を行わなくてもよい回数を意味してもよい。 Here, the "permissible period" may mean time, or may mean the number of times that communication with the second device may not be performed.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器は、前記許容期間設定手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the first device may include the allowable period setting means.

上記によれば、第1の機器が許容期間を設定することができる。 Based on the above, the first device can set the allowable period.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態で前記許容期間を変更するための変更要求を送信する許容期間変更手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may include allowable period changing means for transmitting a change request for changing the allowable period while being connected to the first device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は許容期間の変更を第1の機器に対して要求することができる。 Based on the above, the second device can request the first device to change the allowable period.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器は、前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記同期通信として所定の時間間隔で所定のデータを繰り返し前記第2の機器に送信してもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器から所定の時間間隔で送信される前記所定のデータを受信したことに応じて、前記第1の機器に対して応答を返してもよい。前記許容期間設定手段は、前記許容期間として、前記応答の回数を設定し、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器に前記応答返さない回数が、前記許容期間設定手段によって設定された回数を超える又は前記許容期間設定手段によって設定された回数に達する場合には、前記第1の機器に対して前記応答を返してもよい。 In one embodiment, the first device may repeatedly send predetermined data to the second device at predetermined time intervals as the synchronous communication in a state of being connected to the second device. The second device may return a response to the first device in response to receiving the predetermined data transmitted from the first device at a predetermined time interval. The allowable period setting means sets the number of times of the response as the allowable period, and the second device sets the number of times that the response is not returned to the first device, the number of times set by the allowable period setting device. When the number of times exceeds or the number of times set by the allowable period setting means is reached, the response may be returned to the first device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器に応答を返さないようにすることができるため消費電力を抑えることができるとともに、第1の機器との接続が解除されるリスクを回避することができる。 According to the above, since the second device can prevent the response from being returned to the first device, power consumption can be suppressed and the risk of disconnection from the first device is avoided. can do.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記許容期間においてスレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may perform wireless communication with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave during the allowable period.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との接続を維持しつつ第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device while maintaining the connection with the first device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を有してもよい。第2の機器は、前記許容期間において、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may include a transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits data by broadcast or multicast, and a receiving unit that wirelessly receives the data transmitted by broadcast or multicast. The second device repeatedly executes the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit during the allowable period, thereby the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave. May be wirelessly communicated with.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、上記許容期間において第3の機器と通信することができ、第1の機器との接続を維持したまま、第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device during the allowable period, and can communicate with the third device while maintaining the connection with the first device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記許容期間において、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該第3の機器と接続した状態で、前記第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device establishes a connection with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave during the allowable period, and connects the third device to the third device. Wireless communication may be performed with the third device in the connected state.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、上記許容期間において第3の機器と通信することができ、第1の機器との接続を維持したまま、第3の機器と接続して通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device during the allowable period, and can communicate with the third device while maintaining the connection with the first device. it can.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるタイミングとは異なるタイミングで、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device is connected to the fourth device as a slave at a timing different from a timing at which the synchronous communication between the first device and the second device is performed. Wireless communication may be performed with the third device in the state.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器と同期通信を行うタイミング以外のタイミングで、第3の機器と通信をすることができ、例えば、第1の機器との接続を維持しつつ、第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device at a timing other than the timing for performing the synchronous communication with the first device, and for example, maintain the connection with the first device. Meanwhile, it is possible to communicate with the third device.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器とは、同期通信を繰り返し行い、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器とは、同期通信を繰り返し行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the first device and the second device may repeatedly perform synchronous communication, and the fourth device and the third device may repeatedly perform synchronous communication.

上記によれば、第1の機器及び第2の機器は同期通信を行い、第3の機器及び第4の機器は同期通信を行うことができる。これにより、例えば、各機器の通信を効率的に行うとともに消費電力を抑えることができる。 According to the above, the first device and the second device can perform synchronous communication, and the third device and the fourth device can perform synchronous communication. Thereby, for example, communication of each device can be performed efficiently and power consumption can be suppressed.

一実施形態では、無線通信システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信と、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信と、のうちの少なくとも何れか一方の同期通信のタイミングを調整する調整手段をさらに備えてもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless communication system includes a synchronous communication between the first device and the second device and a synchronous communication between the fourth device and the third device. An adjusting unit for adjusting the timing of synchronous communication of at least one of the above may be further provided.

上記によれば、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングと、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングとを調整することができる。 According to the above, adjusting the timing of synchronous communication between the first device and the second device and the timing of synchronous communication between the fourth device and the third device. You can

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器が前記調整手段を備えてもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may comprise the adjusting means.

上記によれば、第2の機器が上記同期通信のタイミングを調整することができる。 According to the above, the second device can adjust the timing of the synchronous communication.

一実施形態では、前記調整手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングと、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングと、が近くなるように調整してもよい。 In one embodiment, the adjusting unit controls the timing of synchronous communication between the first device and the second device and the timing of synchronous communication between the fourth device and the third device. You may adjust so that and are close to each other.

上記によれば、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングと、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングとが近くなるように調整することができる。これにより、第2の機器と第3の機器との間の通信を効率的に行うことができる。すなわち、2つの同期通信のタイミングを合わせることにより、第2の機器が第1の機器と同期通信を行っていない期間と、第3の機器が第4の機器と同期通信を行っていない期間とを重複させることができる。この重複した期間において、第2の機器と第3の機器とは通信を行うことができる。 According to the above, the timing of the synchronous communication between the first device and the second device and the timing of the synchronous communication between the fourth device and the third device are close to each other. Can be adjusted to. This allows efficient communication between the second device and the third device. That is, by synchronizing the two synchronous communication timings, a period during which the second device does not perform synchronous communication with the first device and a period during which the third device does not perform synchronous communication with the fourth device. Can be duplicated. During this overlapping period, the second device and the third device can communicate with each other.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記調整手段は、前記許容期間において前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるように、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信、および、前記第3の機器と前記第4の機器との間の同期通信のうちの少なくとも何れか一方のタイミングを調整してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system may include allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connection between the first device and the second device. The second device includes a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the first device based on the allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device. Good. The adjusting means may perform synchronous communication between the first device and the second device so that synchronous communication between the first device and the second device is performed in the allowable period. Also, the timing of at least one of the synchronous communication between the third device and the fourth device may be adjusted.

上記によれば、例えば、第1の機器と第2の機器との間の接続が解除されるリスクを回避しつつ、上記同期通信のタイミングを調整することができる。 According to the above, for example, the timing of the synchronous communication can be adjusted while avoiding the risk of disconnection between the first device and the second device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記調整手段を有してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器との間で行わる前記同期通信のタイミングを示す情報を送信してもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第3の機器から送信された情報に基づいて、前記第1の機器との間で行われる前記同期通信のタイミングを調整してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may include the adjusting means. The third device may transmit information indicating the timing of the synchronous communication with the fourth device. The second device may adjust the timing of the synchronous communication performed with the first device based on the information transmitted from the third device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第3の機器と第4の機器とが同期通信するタイミングの情報を第3の機器から受信することができ、当該情報に基づいて、同期通信のタイミングを調整することができる。 According to the above, the second device can receive from the third device information on the timing of synchronous communication between the third device and the fourth device, and based on the information, the timing of synchronous communication. Can be adjusted.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器が接続された状態において、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器は、同期通信を繰り返し行ってもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるタイミングにおいて、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信よりも前記第1の機器との間の無線通信を優先して行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, in a state where the first device and the second device are connected, the first device and the second device may repeatedly perform synchronous communication. The second device is more than the wireless communication between the second device and the third device at the timing when the synchronous communication between the first device and the second device is performed. The wireless communication with the first device may be preferentially performed.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との通信を優先して行うことができ、例えば、第1の機器との接続が解除されないように第1の機器と通信しつつ、第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can preferentially perform communication with the first device. For example, while communicating with the first device so that the connection with the first device is not released, It is possible to communicate with a third device.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段と、前記許容期間において前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるように、前記第3の機器との通信又は前記第1の機器との通信の少なくともいずれか一方を制御する通信制御手段とを有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system may include allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connection between the first device and the second device. The second device, in a state where the second device is connected to the first device, based on the allowable period, a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the first device; At least one of communication with the third device and communication with the first device is controlled so that synchronous communication is performed between the first device and the second device during a period. It may have a communication control means.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との接続が解除されるリスクを回避しつつ、第3の機器と通信することができる。 Based on the above, the second device can communicate with the third device while avoiding the risk of being disconnected from the first device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を有してもよい。また、第2の機器は、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とをスレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で繰り返し実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と接続を確立せずに無線通信を行ってもよい。また、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器との同期通信のタイミングと、前記第3の機器との無線通信のタイミングとが重なる場合、前記第1の機器との同期通信を優先して行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may include a transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits data by broadcast or multicast, and a receiving unit that wirelessly receives the data transmitted by broadcast or multicast. Further, the second device repeatedly executes the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit in a state of being connected to the first device as a slave, and thereby the fourth device as a slave. Wireless communication may be performed without establishing a connection with the connected third device. When the timing of synchronous communication with the first device and the timing of wireless communication with the third device overlap, the second device prioritizes synchronous communication with the first device. You may go.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、ブロードキャストでデータを送受信することで第3の機器と通信することができ、第1の機器との同期通信が行われるタイミングでは、第1の機器との通信を優先して行うことができる。これにより、例えば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との接続が解除されないように第1の機器と通信しつつ、第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device by transmitting and receiving data by broadcast, and at the timing when the synchronous communication with the first device is performed, the second device can communicate with the first device. Communication can be prioritized. Thereby, for example, the second device can communicate with the third device while communicating with the first device so that the connection with the first device is not released.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と接続を確立し、当該第3の機器と接続された状態において、当該第3の機器と無線通信を行ってもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器との同期通信が行われるタイミングと、前記第3の機器との間の接続における無線通信のタイミングとが重なる場合、前記第1の機器との通信を優先して行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device establishes a connection as the slave with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device, and in a state of being connected to the third device, the second device is connected to the third device. 3 may be wirelessly communicated with the device. The second device communicates with the first device when the timing of the synchronous communication with the first device and the timing of the wireless communication in the connection with the third device overlap. May be given priority.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第3の機器と接続を確立して通信することができ、第1の機器との同期通信が行われるタイミングでは、第3の機器との通信よりも第1の機器との通信を優先して行うことができる。これにより、例えば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との接続が解除されないように第1の機器と通信しつつ、第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can establish a connection and communicate with the third device, and at the timing when the synchronous communication with the first device is performed, the second device can communicate with the third device more than The communication with the first device can be preferentially performed. Thereby, for example, the second device can communicate with the third device while communicating with the first device so that the connection with the first device is not released.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器及び第3の機器は、互いに接続された状態において、前記第2の機器及び第3の機器との間の同期通信を実行してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第2許容期間において前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信が行われるように、前記第3の機器との通信又は前記第1の機器との通信の少なくとも何れか一方を制御する通信制御手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system may include second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connection between the second device and the third device. The second device and the third device may perform synchronous communication with the second device and the third device in a state of being connected to each other. The third device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the second device based on the second allowable period in a state of being connected to the second device. You may. The second device communicates with the third device or the first device so that synchronous communication is performed between the second device and the third device in the second allowable period. It may have a communication control means for controlling at least one of the communication with.

上記によれば、例えば、第2の機器は、第3の機器との接続が解除されないように、前記第3の機器との通信および前記第1の機器との通信を制御することができる。 According to the above, for example, the second device can control the communication with the third device and the communication with the first device so that the connection with the third device is not released.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第3の機器との間の接続における同期通信の時間間隔を設定し、当該設定した時間間隔で、前記第3の機器と同期通信を行い、前記第3の機器との同期通信の時間間隔を調整することにより、前記第1の機器との通信を優先して行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device sets a time interval of synchronous communication in a connection with the third device, and performs synchronous communication with the third device at the set time interval. The communication with the first device may be preferentially performed by adjusting the time interval of the synchronous communication with the third device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、例えば第3の機器との同期通信の時間間隔を長くすることで、第3の機器との同期通信が行われない期間において第1の機器と通信することができ、第1の機器との通信を優先して行うことができる。 According to the above, the second device communicates with the first device in a period in which the synchronous communication with the third device is not performed, for example, by increasing the time interval of the synchronous communication with the third device. Therefore, the communication with the first device can be preferentially performed.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段と、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第3許容期間を設定する第3許容期間設定手段とを含んでもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記第4の機器は、前記第3の機器と接続された状態において、前記第3の機器との同期通信を実行してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器と接続された状態において、前記第3許容期間に基づいて、前記第4の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器との同期通信を、前記第2の機器との同期通信よりも優先して実行してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system includes second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connection between the second device and the third device, the fourth device, and the fourth device. Third permission period setting means for setting a third permission period for connection with the third device may be included. The third device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the second device based on the second allowable period in a state of being connected to the second device. You may. The fourth device may execute synchronous communication with the third device while being connected to the third device. The third device may determine whether to perform synchronous communication with the fourth device based on the third allowable period in a state of being connected to the fourth device. The third device may execute the synchronous communication with the fourth device with priority over the synchronous communication with the second device.

上記によれば、第2の機器と第3の機器とは接続され、この接続には第2許容期間が設定される。第3の機器と第4の機器とは接続され、この接続には第3許容期間が設定される。そして、第3の機器は、前記第3許容期間において前記第4の機器と同期通信を実行し、前記第2の機器との同期通信よりも優先して前記第4の機器との同期通信を実行する。これにより、第3の機器は、第4の機器との接続が解除されるリスクを回避することができる。 According to the above, the second device and the third device are connected, and the second allowable period is set for this connection. The third device and the fourth device are connected, and the third allowable period is set for this connection. Then, the third device performs synchronous communication with the fourth device during the third allowable period, and performs synchronous communication with the fourth device with priority over synchronous communication with the second device. Execute. As a result, the third device can avoid the risk of being disconnected from the fourth device.

一実施形態では、前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器に対して前記第3許容期間を変更するための変更要求を送信する第3許容期間変更手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the third device may include third allowable period changing means for transmitting a change request for changing the third allowable period to the fourth device.

上記によれば、第3の機器は第4の機器に第3許容期間を変更させることができる。 Based on the above, the third device can cause the fourth device to change the third allowable period.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、無線通信の間隔を設定する間隔設定手段を含んでもよい。第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該接続を確立した後、前記間隔設定手段によって設定された間隔で前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の無線通信を行う。 In one embodiment, the second device may include interval setting means for setting an interval of wireless communication. The second device establishes a connection as a slave with the third device connected to the fourth device, and after establishing the connection, at the interval set by the interval setting means. Wireless communication is performed between the second device and the third device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、設定された間隔で第3の機器と通信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device at the set interval.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記間隔設定手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器の間の接続の許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信の間隔を設定してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system may include allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connection between the first device and the second device. The second device includes a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the first device based on the allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device. Good. The interval setting means sets an interval of wireless communication between the second device and the third device based on a permissible period of connection between the first device and the second device. May be.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第3の機器との通信の間隔を、第1の機器との間の接続における許容期間に基づいて設定することができる。 According to the above, the second device can set the communication interval with the third device based on the allowable period in the connection with the first device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器の間隔設定手段は、前記第1の機器と第2の機器との間の通信の状況に応じて、前記第3の機器との通信の時間間隔を設定してもよい。 In one embodiment, the interval setting means of the second device sets a time interval of communication with the third device according to a communication situation between the first device and the second device. You may.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と第2の機器との間の通信の状況に応じた時間間隔で、第3の機器と通信を行うことができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device at a time interval according to the communication status between the first device and the second device.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段を含んでもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記第2許容期間設定手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器の間の通信の状況に応じて、前記第2許容期間を設定してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system may include second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connection between the second device and the third device. The third device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the second device based on the second allowable period in a state of being connected to the second device. You may. The second permissible period setting means may set the second permissible period according to a communication state between the first device and the second device.

上記によれば、第1の機器と第2の機器との間の通信の状況に応じて、第2許容期間を設定することができる。例えば、第1の機器と第2の機器との通信の状況によって、第2の機器と第3の機器との接続における許容期間を長くしたり、短くしたりすることができる。 Based on the above, it is possible to set the second permissible period in accordance with the state of communication between the first device and the second device. For example, depending on the communication status between the first device and the second device, it is possible to lengthen or shorten the permissible period in the connection between the second device and the third device.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器とは、同期通信を第1の時間間隔で行い、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続されている間に、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、前記第1の時間間隔とは異なる第2の時間間隔で前記第3の機器と同期通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, the first device and the second device perform synchronous communication at a first time interval, and while the second device is connected to the first device, As a slave, establishes a connection with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device, and performs synchronous communication with the third device at a second time interval different from the first time interval. You may go.

上記によれば、第1の機器と第2の機器との同期通信の時間間隔と、第2の機器と第3の機器との同期通信の時間間隔とを異ならせることができる。 Based on the above, it is possible to make the time interval of the synchronous communication between the first device and the second device different from the time interval of the synchronous communication between the second device and the third device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の時間間隔よりも前記第2の時間間隔の方が短くなるように、前記第2の時間間隔を設定してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may set the second time interval such that the second time interval is shorter than the first time interval.

上記によれば、第2の時間間隔は第1の時間間隔よりも短いため、第2の機器は、第1の機器と比べて第3の機器と頻繁に通信することができる。このため、第2の機器と第3の機器との間で、比較的短時間に大きなデータをやり取りすることができる。 According to the above, since the second time interval is shorter than the first time interval, the second device can communicate with the third device more frequently than the first device. Therefore, large data can be exchanged between the second device and the third device in a relatively short time.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための第1許容期間を設定する第1許容期間設定手段と、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段と、を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記第1許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記第2許容期間設定手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器の間の通信の状況又は前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の通信の状況の少なくともいずれか一方に応じて、前記第1許容期間よりも短くなるように前記第2許容期間を設定してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system includes a first permissible period setting means for setting a first permissible period for connecting the first device and the second device, the second device, and the second device. The second permissible period setting means for setting the second permissible period for connection with the third device may be included. The second device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the first device based on the first allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device. You may. The third device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the second device based on the second allowable period in a state of being connected to the second device. You may. The second permissible period setting means sets at least one of a communication state between the first device and the second device or a communication state between the second device and the third device. Accordingly, the second allowable period may be set to be shorter than the first allowable period.

上記によれば、第1の機器と第2の機器との間の接続の第1許容期間よりも、第2の機器と第3の機器との間の接続の第2許容期間を短くすることができる。これにより、第2の機器は第1の機器との接続が解除されるリスクを低減することができる。例えば、第2の機器が、第1の機器と比較的長期間に低頻度でデータをやり取りする一方で、第3の機器とは比較的短期間に高頻度でデータをやり取りする場合に、この構成が採用されてもよい。 According to the above, the second allowable period of the connection between the second device and the third device should be shorter than the first allowable period of the connection between the first device and the second device. You can As a result, the second device can reduce the risk of disconnection from the first device. For example, when the second device exchanges data with the first device at low frequency for a relatively long period of time, and the third device exchanges data with high frequency at a relatively short period of time, A configuration may be adopted.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の時間間隔よりも前記第2の時間間隔の方が長くなるように、前記第2の時間間隔を設定してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may set the second time interval such that the second time interval is longer than the first time interval.

上記によれば、第1の時間間隔は第2の時間間隔よりも短いため、第2の機器は、第3の機器と比べて第1の機器と頻繁に通信することができる。このため、第1の機器と第2の機器との間で、短時間に比較的大きなデータをやり取りすることができる。 According to the above, since the first time interval is shorter than the second time interval, the second device can communicate with the first device more frequently than the third device. Therefore, relatively large data can be exchanged between the first device and the second device in a short time.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための第1許容期間を設定する第1許容期間設定手段と、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段と、を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記第1許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有してもよい。前記第2許容期間設定手段は、前記第1許容期間よりも長くなるように前記第2許容期間を設定してもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless system includes a first permissible period setting means for setting a first permissible period for connecting the first device and the second device, the second device, and the second device. The second permissible period setting means for setting the second permissible period for connection with the third device may be included. The second device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the first device based on the first allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device. You may. The third device has a determination unit that determines whether to perform synchronous communication with the second device based on the second allowable period in a state of being connected to the second device. You may. The second allowable period setting means may set the second allowable period to be longer than the first allowable period.

上記によれば、第1の機器と第2の機器との間の接続の第1許容期間よりも、第2の機器と第3の機器との間の接続の第2許容期間を長くすることができる。これにより、第2の機器は第3の機器との接続が解除されるリスクを低減することができる。例えば、第2の機器が、第3の機器と比較的長期間に低頻度でデータをやり取りする一方で、第1の機器とは比較的高頻度でデータをやり取りする場合に、この構成が採用されてもよい。 According to the above, the second allowable period of the connection between the second device and the third device is made longer than the first allowable period of the connection between the first device and the second device. You can As a result, the second device can reduce the risk of disconnection from the third device. For example, this configuration is adopted when the second device exchanges data with the third device at low frequency for a relatively long period of time, and exchanges data with the first device at relatively high frequency. May be done.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続されている間に、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の接続よりも、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の接続を優先してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device establishes a connection with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave while being connected to the first device. However, the connection between the first device and the second device may be prioritized over the connection between the second device and the third device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との接続を優先しつつ、第3の機器と接続して通信を行うことができる。 Based on the above, the second device can connect to the third device and perform communication while giving priority to the connection with the first device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の接続状況に応じて、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の通信を制限してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device restricts communication between the second device and the third device according to a connection status between the first device and the second device. You may.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との間の接続状況に応じて、前記第3の機器との間の通信を制限することができ、例えば、第1の機器との接続が解除されるリスクがある場合には、第3の機器との通信を制限することができる。 According to the above, the second device can restrict communication with the third device according to the connection status with the first device, and for example, with the first device. If there is a risk of disconnection, communication with the third device can be restricted.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の接続を維持すれば、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の接続が解除される場合、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の接続を解除してもよい。 In one embodiment, if the second device maintains a connection between the second device and the third device, a connection between the first device and the second device is established. When released, the connection between the second device and the third device may be released.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、第1の機器との接続が解除されるリスクがある場合には、第3の機器との接続を解除することができる。 According to the above, the second device can release the connection with the third device when there is a risk that the connection with the first device will be released.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、データを無線で送信する送信手段と、前記送信手段によるデータの送信とは異なるタイミングでデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を含んでもよい。第2の機器は、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し行い、前記送信手段は、次以降に自機で行われる前記送信処理及び/又は前記受信処理のタイミングを示すタイミング情報を含むデータを送信してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may include a transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits the data, and a receiving unit that wirelessly receives the data at a timing different from that of the data transmission by the transmitting unit. The second device repeatedly performs the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit, and the transmission unit indicates the timing of the transmission process and/or the reception process performed by itself after the next time. Data including timing information may be transmitted.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、自機が次以降に送信処理及び/又は受信処理を行うタイミングを他の機器に知らせることができる。 According to the above, the second device can notify the other device of the timing at which the second device performs the transmission process and/or the reception process thereafter.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器の送信手段は、前記タイミング情報を含むデータをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信してもよい。 In one embodiment, the transmission unit of the second device may transmit the data including the timing information by broadcast or multicast.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、不特定の機器に上記タイミング情報を送信することができる。 Based on the above, the second device can transmit the timing information to an unspecified device.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器の送信手段は、他の機器からブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを受信したことに応じて、前記タイミング情報を含むデータを送信してもよい。 In one embodiment, the transmitting unit of the second device may transmit the data including the timing information in response to receiving the data transmitted by broadcast or multicast from another device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は、他の機器からのブロードキャストデータに応じて、タイミング情報を含むデータを送信することができる。 Based on the above, the second device can transmit data including timing information according to broadcast data from another device.

一実施形態では、前記第3の機器は、データを無線で送信する送信処理と、データを無線で受信する受信処理とを繰り返し行い、前記第2の機器からの前記タイミング情報に基づいて、前記送信処理及び/又は前記受信処理を行うタイミングを調整してもよい。 In one embodiment, the third device repeatedly performs a transmission process of wirelessly transmitting data and a reception process of wirelessly receiving data, and based on the timing information from the second device, the third device The timing of performing the transmission process and/or the reception process may be adjusted.

上記によれば、第3の機器は、第2の機器からの前記タイミング情報に基づいて、送信処理及び/又は受信処理を行うタイミングを調整することができる。これにより、第2の機器と第3の機器との間で、送信処理及び受信処理のタイミングを合わせることができる。 Based on the above, the third device can adjust the timing of performing the transmission process and/or the reception process based on the timing information from the second device. This makes it possible to match the timing of the transmission process and the reception process between the second device and the third device.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の無線通信、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信、および、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信は、全て同じ通信規格に基づいて行われてもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless communication between the first device and the second device, the wireless communication between the fourth device and the third device, and the second device and the All wireless communication with the third device may be performed based on the same communication standard.

一実施形態では、前記各機器は、電波の周波数を切り替えながら前記無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, each of the devices may perform the wireless communication while switching the frequency of radio waves.

一実施形態では、前記各機器は、複数の異なる所定の周波数を切り替えながら前記無線通信を行ってもよい。 In one embodiment, each of the devices may perform the wireless communication while switching a plurality of different predetermined frequencies.

一実施形態では、前記通信規格は、Bluetooth Low Energyであってもよい。 In one embodiment, the communication standard may be Bluetooth Low Energy.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の無線通信、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信、および、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信は、全て同じ所定の周波数帯で行われてもよい。 In one embodiment, the wireless communication between the first device and the second device, the wireless communication between the fourth device and the third device, and the second device and the All wireless communication with the third device may be performed in the same predetermined frequency band.

一実施形態では、前記周波数帯は2.4GHz帯であってもよい。 In one embodiment, the frequency band may be the 2.4 GHz band.

一実施形態では、前記探索は、3つのチャネルを切り替えながら行われてもよい。 In one embodiment, the search may be performed switching between three channels.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する第1処理を実行してもよい。前記第3の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態で、前記第2の機器の前記第1処理によってブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する第2処理を実行してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device may perform a first process of wirelessly transmitting data by broadcast or multicast while being connected to the first device as a slave. The third device executes a second process of wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast by the first process of the second device while being connected to the fourth device as a slave. You may.

上記によれば、第2の機器はブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストでデータを送信し、第3の機器がこのデータを受信することができる。 According to the above, the second device can transmit data by broadcast or multicast, and the third device can receive this data.

一実施形態では、前記第3の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態で、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する第3処理を実行してもよい。前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記第3の機器の前記第3処理によってブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する第4処理を実行してもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1処理と前記第4処理とを繰り返し実行する第1実行手段を有してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第2処理と前記第3処理とを繰り返し実行する第2実行手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the third device may perform a third process of wirelessly transmitting data by broadcast or multicast while being connected to the fourth device as a slave. The second device, while connected to the first device as a slave, executes a fourth process of wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast by the third process of the third device. You may. The second device may include a first execution unit that repeatedly executes the first process and the fourth process. The third device may include second execution means for repeatedly executing the second process and the third process.

上記によれば、第3の機器は、第4の機器と接続された状態においてデータをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送受信し、第2の機器は、第1の機器と接続された状態においてデータをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送受信する。これにより、他の機器のスレーブとして接続された第3の機器および第2の機器は、互いにデータを送受信することができる。 According to the above, the third device transmits/receives data by broadcast or multicast in a state of being connected to the fourth device, and the second device broadcasts or transmits data in a state of being connected to the first device. Send and receive by multicast. Thereby, the third device and the second device, which are connected as slaves of other devices, can transmit and receive data to and from each other.

前記第1処理と前記第4処理との間には、前記第1処理および前記第4処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が存在し、前記第2処理と前記第3処理との間には、前記第2処理および前記第3処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が存在してもよい。 There is a sleep period in which neither the first process nor the fourth process is performed between the first process and the fourth process, and between the second process and the third process. There may be a sleep period in which neither the second process nor the third process is performed.

一実施形態では、前記第2の機器は、前記第1実行手段によって実行された前記第1処理によって送信されたデータを受信した前記第3の機器との接続処理、又は、前記第1実行手段によって実行された前記第4処理によって受信したデータを送信した前記第3の機器との接続処理を実行する第1接続処理手段を有してもよい。前記第3の機器は、前記第2実行手段によって実行された前記第2処理によって受信したデータを送信した前記第2の機器との接続処理、又は、前記第2実行手段によって実行された前記第3処理によって送信されたデータを受信した前記第2の機器との接続処理を実行する第2接続処理手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the second device performs a connection process with the third device that receives the data transmitted by the first process executed by the first execution unit, or the first execution unit. It may have the 1st connection processing means which performs the connection processing with the 3rd apparatus which transmitted the data received by the 4th processing performed by. The third device performs a connection process with the second device that transmits the data received by the second process executed by the second execution unit, or the third process executed by the second execution unit. You may have the 2nd connection processing means which performs the connection process with the said 2nd apparatus which received the data transmitted by the 3 process.

上記によれば、第2の機器および第3の機器は互いに接続することができる。 According to the above, the second device and the third device can be connected to each other.

一実施形態では、前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、互いに接続された状態において、前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器との間の同期通信を繰り返し行ってもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器との同期通信が実行されるタイミングを避けて前記第3の機器との間の無線通信を行う通信制御手段を有してもよい。 In one embodiment, the first device and the second device may repeatedly perform synchronous communication with the first device and the second device while being connected to each other. The second device may include communication control means for performing wireless communication with the third device while avoiding a timing at which synchronous communication with the first device is executed.

上記によれば、第2の機器は第1の機器と繰り返し同期通信を行いつつ、第3の機器と通信を行うことができる。 According to the above, the second device can communicate with the third device while repeatedly performing the synchronous communication with the first device.

一実施形態では、前記無線システムは、
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で行われる所定の通信に係る許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含んでもよい。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との所定の通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段と、前記判定手段によって実行すべきと判定された所定の通信が前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で実行されるように、当該実行すべきと判定された所定の通信が行われるタイミングを避けて前記第3の機器との無線通信を行う通信制御手段とを有してもよい。
In one embodiment, the wireless system is
An allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period relating to a predetermined communication performed between the first device and the second device may be included. The second device, in a state where the second device is connected to the first device, based on the allowable period, a determination unit that determines whether or not to perform a predetermined communication with the first device; Timing at which the predetermined communication determined to be executed is performed so that the predetermined communication determined to be executed by the determination means is executed between the first device and the second device And a communication control means for performing wireless communication with the third device.

上記によれば、第2の機器は第1の機器との接続が解除されるリスクを回避しつつ、第3の機器と通信を行うことができる。 Based on the above, the second device can communicate with the third device while avoiding the risk of disconnection from the first device.

他の構成は、Bluetooth Low Energy(BLE)規格に基づく無線通信を行うことが可能な複数の機器を含む無線システムであって、前記無線システムは、第1の機器と、第2の機器と、第4の機器と、第3の機器とを含んでもよい。前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器をセントラルとし、前記第2の機器をペリフェラルとして、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で接続を確立してBLE規格に基づいた無線通信を行う。前記第4の機器及び前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器をセントラルとし、前記第3の機器をペリフェラルとして、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立してBLE規格に基づいた無線通信を行う。前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続が維持された状態で、ペリフェラルとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器とBLE規格に基づいた無線通信を行う。 Another configuration is a wireless system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication based on the Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) standard, wherein the wireless system includes a first device, a second device, and It may include a fourth device and a third device. The first device and the second device establish a connection between the first device and the second device by using the first device as a central device and the second device as a peripheral device. Wireless communication based on the BLE standard. The fourth device and the third device establish a connection between the fourth device and the third device by using the fourth device as a central device and the third device as a peripheral device. Wireless communication based on the BLE standard. The second device conforms to the BLE standard with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a peripheral while the connection between the first device and the second device is maintained. Based on wireless communication.

他の構成は、複数の機器と無線通信を行うことが可能な無線機器であってもよい。無線機器は、前記複数の機器のうちの第1の機器をマスターとし、自機をスレーブとして、当該第1の機器との間で接続を確立する接続確立手段と、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、当該第1の機器とは異なる第2の機器のスレーブとして接続された状態の第3の機器と無線通信を行う通信手段とを備えてもよい。また、当該無線機器のプロセッサにおいて実行されるプログラムであってもよい。 The other configuration may be a wireless device capable of wirelessly communicating with a plurality of devices. The wireless device uses a first device of the plurality of devices as a master and a self device as a slave to establish connection with the first device, and the first device as a slave. In the state of being connected to the third device, a communication unit that performs wireless communication with the third device that is connected as a slave of the second device different from the first device may be provided. Further, it may be a program executed by the processor of the wireless device.

他の構成は、上記無線機器のプロセッサにおいて実行されるプログラムであってもよい。また他の構成は、上記無線システムにおいて実行される通信方法であってもよい。 The other configuration may be a program executed by the processor of the wireless device. Moreover, another configuration may be a communication method executed in the wireless system.

他の構成は、無線通信を行うことが可能な複数の機器を含む無線システムであって、前記無線システムは、第1の機器と、第2の機器とを含んでもよい。前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器をマスターとし、前記第2の機器をスレーブとして、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行う。前記第2の機器は、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信されたデータを受信する受信手段と、前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより前記第1の機器とは異なる第3の機器との間で無線通信を行う他機器通信手段とを含む。 Another configuration is a wireless system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication, and the wireless system may include a first device and a second device. The first device and the second device establish a connection between the first device and the second device by using the first device as a master and the second device as a slave. Wireless communication. The second device, in a state of being connected to the first device, a transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits data by broadcast or multicast, a receiving unit that receives data wirelessly transmitted by broadcast or multicast, and a state in which the second device is connected to the first device. Other device communication means for performing wireless communication with the third device different from the first device by repeatedly performing the transmission process by the transmission device and the reception process by the reception device.

他の構成は、複数の機器と無線通信を行うことが可能な無線機器であってもよい。当該無線機器は、前記複数の機器のうちの第1の機器をマスターとし、自機をスレーブとして、当該第1の機器との間で接続を確立する接続確立手段と、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信されたデータを受信する受信手段と、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより前記第1の機器とは異なる第3の機器との間で無線通信を行う他機器通信手段とを備えてもよい。 The other configuration may be a wireless device capable of wirelessly communicating with a plurality of devices. The wireless device uses a first device of the plurality of devices as a master and its own device as a slave, and a connection establishing means for establishing a connection with the first device, and broadcast or multicast data. The transmitting means for transmitting wirelessly, the receiving means for receiving data wirelessly transmitted by broadcast or multicast, and the transmitting processing by the transmitting means and the receiving means by the receiving means in a state of being connected to the first device as a slave. Other device communication means for performing wireless communication with the third device different from the first device by repeatedly performing the reception process may be provided.

他の構成は、上記無線機器のプロセッサにおいて実行されるプログラムであってもよい。また他の構成は、上記無線システムにおいて実行される通信方法であってもよい。 The other configuration may be a program executed by the processor of the wireless device. Moreover, another configuration may be a communication method executed in the wireless system.

本発明によれば、スレーブとして接続されている機器が他の機器と通信を行うことができる。 According to the present invention, a device connected as a slave can communicate with another device.

一般的なBLEネットワークの一例を示す図A diagram showing an example of a general BLE network BLE端末20の内部構成の一例を示すブロック図Block diagram showing an example of the internal configuration of the BLE terminal 20. BLE規格で用いられるチャネルの一覧を示す図A diagram showing a list of channels used in the BLE standard 携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとが接続されていない状態から接続された状態になるまでの通信の流れの一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the flow of communication from the state where the portable terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are not connected to the connected state. 接続状態における携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの通信の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of communication between the portable terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a in the connected state. 携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続が確立された後の接続状態における通信の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the communication in the connection state after the connection between the portable terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is established. 本実施形態におけるBLEネットワークの接続形態の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of the connection form of the BLE network in this embodiment. BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続されていない状態で通信する場合の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example at the time of communicating in the state which BLE terminal 20a and BLE terminal 20b are not connected. BLE端末20において実行されるスキャンとアドバタイジングの実行期間が変化する様子を示す図FIG. 10 is a diagram showing how the scanning and advertising execution periods executed in the BLE terminal 20 change. スキャン及び/又はアドバタイジングの実行タイミングを示す情報をBLE端末20が送信することにより、スキャン及び/又はアドバタイジングの実行タイミングを調整する方法について説明するための図A diagram for explaining a method of adjusting the execution timing of scanning and/or advertising by causing the BLE terminal 20 to transmit information indicating the execution timing of scanning and/or advertising. 携帯端末10(セントラル)とBLE端末20(ペリフェラル)との間の接続の調整が行われる様子を示す図FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a state in which the connection between the mobile terminal 10 (central) and the BLE terminal 20 (peripheral) is adjusted. 図11の後の状態を示す図であり、携帯端末10(セントラル)とBLE端末20(ペリフェラル)との間の接続の調整が行われた後の各機器間の通信の一例を示す図It is a figure which shows the state after FIG. 11, and is a figure which shows an example of communication between each device after adjustment of the connection between the portable terminal 10 (central) and the BLE terminal 20 (peripheral). 携帯端末10とBLE端末20とが接続された状態において、BLE端末20同士が接続を確立する様子の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of a mode that the BLE terminals 20 mutually establish a connection in the state where the portable terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 were connected. 図13の後の状態を示す図であり、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態における通信の一例を示す図It is a figure which shows the state after FIG. 13, and is a figure which shows an example of communication in the state in which the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b were connected. BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限する方法の具体例を示す図The figure which shows the specific example of the method of limiting the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続される場合において携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の接続が調整された場合の通信の一例を示す図The figure which shows an example of communication when the connection between the portable terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 is adjusted when the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected. 携帯端末10において行われる処理の一例を示すフローチャートFlowchart showing an example of processing performed in the mobile terminal 10. 図17のステップS108の詳細フローチャートDetailed flowchart of step S108 of FIG. BLE端末20aにおいて行われる処理の一例を示すフローチャートFlowchart showing an example of processing performed in the BLE terminal 20a ステップS205の接続中処理の詳細フローチャートDetailed flowchart of the process during connection in step S205 ステップS218のBLE端末間通信処理の詳細フローチャートDetailed flowchart of the communication processing between BLE terminals in step S218 ステップS239のBLE端末間接続中処理の詳細フローチャートであり、セントラル(マスター)として動作するBLE端末20aにおいて行われる処理を示す図It is a detailed flowchart of the process during connection between BLE terminals of step S239, which shows the process performed in the BLE terminal 20a which operates as a central (master). ステップS239のBLE端末間接続中処理の詳細フローチャートであり、ペリフェラル(スレーブ)として動作するBLE端末20bにおいて行われる処理を示す図It is a detailed flowchart of the process during connection between BLE terminals of step S239, and is a diagram showing the process performed in the BLE terminal 20b operating as a peripheral (slave).

以下、図面を参照して、一実施形態に係る無線通信システムについて説明する。本実施形態の無線通信システムは、無線通信が可能な複数の機器を含むシステムであり、各機器は、例えば、Bluetooth Low Energy(Bluetooth 4.x。以下、「BLE」と略する)規格に基づく通信を行うものとする。まず、BLE規格の概要について説明する。 A wireless communication system according to an embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. The wireless communication system of the present embodiment is a system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication, and each device is based on, for example, a Bluetooth Low Energy (Bluetooth 4.x; hereinafter abbreviated as “BLE”) standard. Communication shall be performed. First, the outline of the BLE standard will be described.

(BLEの概要)
BLE規格は、クラシックBluetooth(登録商標)(Ver.1.x−3.x)よりも消費電力が低くなるように設計された通信規格である。BLEではクラシックBluetoothよりも最大送信電力が抑えられたり、無線通信の動作時間や動作回数を減らすことにより、消費電力が抑えられる。BLEでは、クラシックBluetoothと比較して、通信の時間間隔は長く、この時間間隔は変更可能である。また、BLEでは、クラシックBluetoothと同様に、1のマスターに対して複数のスレーブが接続可能なスター型のネットワークトポロジーが採用されている。
(Outline of BLE)
The BLE standard is a communication standard designed to consume less power than the classic Bluetooth (registered trademark) (Ver. 1.x-3.x). In BLE, the maximum transmission power is suppressed as compared with classic Bluetooth, and the power consumption is suppressed by reducing the operation time and the number of times of wireless communication. In BLE, the time interval of communication is longer than in classic Bluetooth, and this time interval can be changed. Further, in BLE, as in classic Bluetooth, a star-type network topology in which a plurality of slaves can be connected to one master is adopted.

図1は、一般的なBLEネットワークの一例を示す図である。図1に示すように、通信可能な範囲には携帯端末10aと、BLE端末20とが存在し、これらの機器によってネットワークが形成される。BLEでは、通信可能な範囲は、例えば数m〜数十mである。 FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an example of a general BLE network. As shown in FIG. 1, a mobile terminal 10a and a BLE terminal 20 exist in a communicable range, and a network is formed by these devices. In BLE, the communicable range is, for example, several meters to several tens of meters.

携帯端末10aは、例えば、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレット端末等の所定のアプリケーションを実行可能な携帯型の情報処理装置である。携帯端末10aは、例えば、CPU(又は/及び他のプロセッサ)と、RAMと、記憶装置(不揮発性メモリやハードディスク等)と、表示装置(液晶表示装置や有機EL表示装置等)と、入力部(ボタンやタッチパネル等)と、BLE規格に基づく通信を行うためのBLE通信モジュールと、バッテリーとを備える。携帯端末10aのCPUは、記憶装置に記憶された(又はネットワーク経由で取得した)様々なアプリケーションプログラムを実行することが可能である。例えば、携帯端末10aは、所定のアプリケーションとして、動画や静止画を再生可能なアプリケーション、メッセージアプリケーション、ブラウザアプリケーション、ゲームアプリケーション、BLE端末20から取得したデータを処理するアプリケーション等、様々なアプリケーションプログラムを実行可能である。携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20と比較して高度な情報処理を行うことが可能であり、そのため消費電力もBLE端末20と比較して高い。 The mobile terminal 10a is, for example, a mobile information processing apparatus capable of executing a predetermined application such as a mobile phone, a smartphone, or a tablet terminal. The mobile terminal 10a includes, for example, a CPU (or/and another processor), a RAM, a storage device (nonvolatile memory, hard disk, etc.), a display device (liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, etc.), and an input unit. (A button, a touch panel, etc.), a BLE communication module for performing communication based on the BLE standard, and a battery. The CPU of the mobile terminal 10a can execute various application programs stored in the storage device (or acquired via the network). For example, the mobile terminal 10a executes various application programs such as an application capable of reproducing a moving image or a still image, a message application, a browser application, a game application, an application for processing data acquired from the BLE terminal 20 as a predetermined application. It is possible. The mobile terminal 10a is capable of performing more advanced information processing than the BLE terminal 20, and therefore has higher power consumption than the BLE terminal 20.

BLE端末20は、例えば、携帯型の機器であり、典型的には携帯端末10aよりも小さな機器である。BLE端末20は、典型的には携帯端末10よりも限定された機能しか有しておらず、比較的単純な処理を行う機器であってもよい。なお、BLE端末20は、携帯端末10aと同様の高度な情報処理を行う機器であってもよい。 The BLE terminal 20 is, for example, a portable device, and is typically a device smaller than the portable terminal 10a. The BLE terminal 20 typically has only limited functions as compared with the mobile terminal 10, and may be a device that performs relatively simple processing. The BLE terminal 20 may be a device that performs the same high-level information processing as the mobile terminal 10a.

図2は、BLE端末20の内部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。図2に示すように、BLE端末20は、例えば、制御回路21と、入力部22と、発光部23と、バイブレータ24と、BLE通信モジュール25とを備える。BLE端末20は、携帯型の比較的小さな機器であって消費電力が低い機器であり、例えばボタン電池によって比較的長期間(数ヶ月〜数年)動作することが可能である。BLE端末20の各部は制御回路21上に実装されてもよい。例えば、BLE端末20は、入力部22に対して行われた入力に応じたデータをBLE通信モジュール25を用いて携帯端末10aに送信したり、携帯端末10aから送信されたデータをBLE通信モジュール25を用いて受信して、発光部23を発行させたり、バイブレータ24を振動させたりすることができる。なお、BLE端末20は、任意のアプリケーションプログラムを実行するためのCPU又は/及び他のプロセッサを備えてもよい。また、BLE端末20は、ディスプレイ、タッチパネル、スピーカ、マイク、カメラ等を備えてもよい。例えば、BLE端末20は、映像や音声に係るデータをBLE通信モジュール25を介して携帯端末10aとやり取りしてもよい。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of the internal configuration of the BLE terminal 20. As illustrated in FIG. 2, the BLE terminal 20 includes, for example, a control circuit 21, an input unit 22, a light emitting unit 23, a vibrator 24, and a BLE communication module 25. The BLE terminal 20 is a portable and relatively small device with low power consumption, and can operate for a relatively long period (several months to several years) by using, for example, a button battery. Each unit of the BLE terminal 20 may be mounted on the control circuit 21. For example, the BLE terminal 20 uses the BLE communication module 25 to transmit the data corresponding to the input made to the input unit 22 to the mobile terminal 10a, or the data transmitted from the mobile terminal 10a to the BLE communication module 25. The light emitting unit 23 can be issued and the vibrator 24 can be vibrated by receiving the light. The BLE terminal 20 may include a CPU or/and another processor for executing an arbitrary application program. Moreover, the BLE terminal 20 may include a display, a touch panel, a speaker, a microphone, a camera, and the like. For example, the BLE terminal 20 may exchange video and audio data with the mobile terminal 10a via the BLE communication module 25.

図1に示すように、携帯端末10aは、BLEネットワークにおけるセントラル(「マスター」とも言う)として機能し、BLE端末20は、ペリフェラル(「スレーブ」とも言う)として機能する。携帯端末10aは、複数のBLE端末20(20a、・・、20x)と接続を確立することが可能であり、各接続においてセントラルとなる。セントラルは、ペリフェラルのネットワークへの参加を管理したり、ペリフェラルとの接続のおける各種パラメータを設定したりする。 As shown in FIG. 1, the mobile terminal 10a functions as a central (also referred to as “master”) in the BLE network, and the BLE terminal 20 functions as a peripheral (also referred to as “slave”). The mobile terminal 10a is capable of establishing a connection with a plurality of BLE terminals 20 (20a,..., 20x), and is central in each connection. The central manages the participation of peripherals in the network and sets various parameters for connection with peripherals.

ここで、BLE規格では、2.4GHz帯の電波が用いられる。具体的には、40のチャネルを用いて通信が行われる。図3は、BLE規格で用いられるチャネルの一覧を示す図である。図3に示すように、40のチャネルのうち、3つのチャネル37〜39はアドバタイジングチャネルであり、その他のチャネル0〜36は、データチャネルである。アドバタイジングチャネルは、機器の発見や接続のために用いられたり、又は、自機の存在を他の機器に知らせるために用いたり、後述するように他の機器と接続を確立せずにデータをやり取りするために用いられるチャネルである。データチャネルは、接続状態(接続された状態)において用いられるチャネルであり、接続状態にある2つの機器間でデータの送受信を行うために用いられる。なお、クラシックBluetoothでは、79のチャネルを有し、そのうち32チャネルが発見用のチャネルである。 Here, in the BLE standard, radio waves in the 2.4 GHz band are used. Specifically, communication is performed using 40 channels. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a list of channels used in the BLE standard. As shown in FIG. 3, among the 40 channels, three channels 37 to 39 are advertising channels, and the other channels 0 to 36 are data channels. The advertising channel is used for discovering or connecting to a device, or for notifying other devices of the existence of its own device, and exchanges data without establishing a connection with other devices as described later. This is the channel used to The data channel is a channel used in the connected state (connected state), and is used for transmitting/receiving data between two devices in the connected state. Note that Classic Bluetooth has 79 channels, of which 32 are discovery channels.

図4は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとが接続されていない状態から接続された状態になるまでの通信の流れの一例を示す図である。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of communication from the state where the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are not connected to the state where they are connected.

各機器は接続されていない状態(非接続状態)から接続状態になるまでに、その状態を変化させる。具体的には、図4に示すように、携帯端末10aは、所定の時間間隔でスキャンを繰り返す。スキャンを行っている状態をスキャニング状態といい、その状態の機器をスキャナという。具体的には、携帯端末10aは、スキャンと休止状態とを繰り返し、スキャンの実行中は、受信回路を作動させて他の機器からのアドバタイジングパケット(アドバタイジングPDU(プロトコル・データ・ユニット))の受信を試みる。 Each device changes its state from the unconnected state (non-connected state) to the connected state. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the mobile terminal 10a repeats scanning at predetermined time intervals. The state of scanning is called the scanning state, and the device in that state is called the scanner. Specifically, the mobile terminal 10a repeats the scan and the sleep state, and while the scan is being executed, the receiving circuit is operated to receive an advertising packet (advertising PDU (protocol data unit)) from another device. Try.

一方、BLE端末20aは、所定の時間間隔(アドバタイジングインターバル)でアドバタイジングを繰り返す。アドバタイジングを行っている状態をアドバタイジング状態といい、その状態の機器をアドバタイザという。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、1回のアドバタイジング(アドバタイジングイベント)において、3つのチャネル37〜39を切り替えながらアドバタイジングパケットを送信する。このように、電波の周波数を切り替えながらアドバタイジングパケットが送信される。電波の周波数が切り替えられることを「ホッピング」という。 On the other hand, the BLE terminal 20a repeats advertising at a predetermined time interval (advertising interval). A state in which advertising is being performed is called an advertising state, and a device in that state is called an advertiser. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a transmits the advertising packet while switching the three channels 37 to 39 in one advertising (advertising event). In this way, the advertising packet is transmitted while switching the frequency of the radio wave. Switching the frequency of radio waves is called "hopping".

図4に示すように、携帯端末10aのスキャンのタイミングとBLE端末20aのアドバタイジングのタイミングとが一致すると、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信する。携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信すると、BLE端末20aに対してスキャン要求を送信する。このスキャン要求に対してBLE端末20aがスキャン応答を返す。スキャン要求およびスキャン応答もまた、アドバタイジングチャネルを用いて送信される。スキャンの方式には「アクティブスキャン」と、「パッシブスキャン」とがあり、図4では、「アクティブスキャン」の例が示されている。「パッシブスキャン」では、図4に示す「スキャン要求」と「スキャン応答」は行われない。すなわち、パッシブスキャンでは、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信すると、スキャン要求を送信せずに、コネクション要求をBLE端末20aに送信する。 As shown in FIG. 4, when the scan timing of the mobile terminal 10a and the advertising timing of the BLE terminal 20a match, the mobile terminal 10a receives the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a. Upon receiving the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a, the mobile terminal 10a transmits a scan request to the BLE terminal 20a. In response to this scan request, the BLE terminal 20a returns a scan response. Scan requests and scan responses are also sent using the advertising channel. The scanning methods include “active scan” and “passive scan”, and FIG. 4 shows an example of “active scan”. In the "passive scan", the "scan request" and the "scan response" shown in FIG. 4 are not performed. That is, in the passive scan, when the mobile terminal 10a receives the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a, it transmits the connection request to the BLE terminal 20a without transmitting the scan request.

携帯端末10aは、アドバタイジングパケットを送信した機器と接続を行う場合、イニシエーティング状態(イニシエータ)となる。携帯端末10a(イニシエータ)は、アドバタイジングパケットを送信したBLE端末20aに対して、コネクション要求を送信する。イニシエータからコネクション要求が送信されると、接続が確立されて、2つの機器は接続状態となる。具体的には、携帯端末10aをマスター(セントラル)、BLE端末20aをスレーブ(ペリフェラル)とする2つの機器が接続状態となる。 When the mobile terminal 10a connects with the device that has transmitted the advertising packet, the mobile terminal 10a enters the initiating state (initiator). The mobile terminal 10a (initiator) sends a connection request to the BLE terminal 20a that sent the advertising packet. When the connection request is transmitted from the initiator, the connection is established and the two devices are in the connected state. Specifically, two devices having the mobile terminal 10a as a master (central) and the BLE terminal 20a as a slave (peripheral) are connected.

なお、イニシエータからのコネクション要求には、接続のための複数のパラメータが含まれる。具体的には、コネクション要求には、イニシエータのアドレス、アドバタイザのアドレス、アクセスアドレス、コネクションインターバル、スレーブレイテンシー、以降のホッピングに係る情報(ホップ数や使用するチャネルに係る情報)、接続監視タイムアウト(connection supervision timeout)等が含まれる。アクセスアドレスはランダムに決定されるものであり、接続を識別するためのものである。各機器は、接続相手にパケットを送信する場合、このアクセスアドレスをパケットに含めて送信する。各機器は、アクセスアドレスに基づいて、接続相手からのパケットかどうかを判断することができる。また、コネクションインターバル、スレーブレイテンシー、接続監視タイムアウトについては後述する。また、コネクション要求の後に、接続における暗号鍵を交換するためのペアリングやボンディングが行われてもよい。ペアリングでは、この接続において用いられる一時的な暗号鍵が生成・交換される。ボンディングでは、ペアリングの後に、永続的な暗号鍵の生成・交換が行われる。永続的な暗号鍵は各機器において不揮発性メモリ等に記憶される。 The connection request from the initiator includes a plurality of parameters for connection. Specifically, the connection request includes an initiator address, an advertiser address, an access address, a connection interval, slave latency, information related to subsequent hopping (information related to the number of hops and channels used), connection monitoring timeout (connection supervision timeout) etc. are included. The access address is randomly determined and is for identifying the connection. When transmitting a packet to a connection partner, each device includes this access address in the packet and transmits it. Each device can determine whether it is a packet from a connection partner based on the access address. The connection interval, slave latency, and connection monitoring timeout will be described later. After the connection request, pairing or bonding for exchanging the encryption key in the connection may be performed. In pairing, the temporary encryption key used in this connection is generated and exchanged. In bonding, a permanent encryption key is generated and exchanged after pairing. The permanent encryption key is stored in a non-volatile memory or the like in each device.

アドバタイジングパケットは、通常、ブロードキャストで送信される。すなわち、不特定の機器が受信可能である。なお、「ブロードキャスト」には、限定された不特定の機器が処理可能なデータ送信も含まれる。ここで、「限定された不特定の機器」とは、機器を唯一に特定しないが(機器に割り当てられた固有のアドレスを特定しないが)、共通の属性を持った機器又は共通の状態にある機器である。「共通の属性を持った機器」とは、例えば、機種が同じ又はベンダーが同じ等、所定の属性を持った機器群を指す。こうした所定の属性を持つ機器へアドバタイジングパケットを送信するために、例えば、送信側の機器は、ベンダーや端末の機種を示す情報(ベンダーIDや機種番号等。以下、「属性情報」と言う。)をアドバタイジングパケットに含めて(又は付加して)送信する。受信側の機器では、当該受信側の機器が持つ属性情報と一致する場合には、当該アドバタイジングパケットを処理する。このようにして、送信側は限定された不特定の機器に対してデータを送信することができる。一方、「共通の状態にある機器」とは、例えば、現在の設定が同じ等、ある時点で所定の状態にある機器群を指す。例えば、送信されるアドバタイジングパケットに、限定された不特定の機器のみが処理可能であることを示すフラグが立てられる。受信側では、この限定された不特定の機器向けのアドバタイジングパケットを処理するかどうかの設定がなされている。不特定の機器向けのアドバタイジングパケットを処理する設定がなされた機器は、アドバタイジングパケットを受信すると、上記フラグが立っているかどうかを判断し、フラグが立っている場合には、当該アドバタイジングパケットを処理する。一方、不特定の機器向けのアドバタイジングパケットを処理する設定がなされていない機器は、アドバタイジングパケットを受信すると、上記フラグが立っているかどうかを判断し、フラグが立っている場合には、当該パケットを破棄する又は処理しない。このようにして、送信側は限定された不特定の機器に対してデータを送信することができる。このような「限定された不特定の機器」に対する送信も、限定されない不特定の機器に対する送信も含めて、ここでは「ブロードキャスト」ということにする。なお、アドバタイジングパケットは、いわゆる「マルチキャスト」によって送信されてもよい。 Advertising packets are usually sent by broadcast. That is, an unspecified device can receive. Note that "broadcast" also includes data transmission that can be processed by limited unspecified devices. Here, “limited unspecified device” means a device that does not uniquely specify a device (not a unique address assigned to the device), but has a common attribute or is in a common state. Equipment. The “device having common attributes” refers to a device group having predetermined attributes such as the same model or the same vendor. In order to transmit an advertising packet to a device having such a predetermined attribute, for example, the transmitting device has information indicating the vendor and the model of the terminal (vendor ID, model number, etc., hereinafter referred to as “attribute information”). Is included in (or added to) an advertising packet and transmitted. The device on the receiving side processes the advertising packet if it matches the attribute information of the device on the receiving side. In this way, the transmitting side can transmit data to limited and unspecified devices. On the other hand, the “equipment in common state” refers to a device group that is in a predetermined state at a certain point in time, such as having the same current settings. For example, the transmitted advertising packet is flagged to indicate that only limited and unspecified devices can process it. On the receiving side, it is set whether or not to process the limited advertising packet for unspecified devices. Upon receiving the advertising packet, the device that is set to process the advertising packet for the unspecified device determines whether the flag is set, and if the flag is set, processes the advertising packet. .. On the other hand, when a device that is not set to process advertising packets for unspecified devices receives an advertising packet, it judges whether or not the above flag is set. Discard or do not process. In this way, the transmitting side can transmit data to limited and unspecified devices. Here, both the transmission to the “limited unspecified device” and the transmission to the unspecified unspecified device are referred to as “broadcast”. The advertising packet may be transmitted by so-called "multicast".

また、アドバタイジングパケットには、複数のタイプがある。具体的には、アドバタイジングパケットのタイプとして、「ADV_IND」と、「ADV_DIRECT_IND」と、「ADV_NONCONN_IND」と、「ADV_SCAN_IND」とがある。「ADV_IND」と「ADV_DIRECT_IND」とは、接続可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットである。「ADV_IND」は、通常のアドバタイジングに用いられ、不特定の機器が接続可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットである。また、「ADV_DIRECT_IND」は、特定の機器が接続可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットであり、以前に接続したことのある機器と高速で接続するために用いられる。携帯端末10aは、「ADV_IND」又は「ADV_DIRECT_IND」のアドバタイジングパケットを受信した場合、当該パケットを送信したBLE端末20aに対して上記コネクション要求を送信する。 Also, there are multiple types of advertising packets. Specifically, there are "ADV_IND", "ADV_DIRECT_IND", "ADV_NONCONN_IND", and "ADV_SCAN_IND" as types of advertising packets. "ADV_IND" and "ADV_DIRECT_IND" are advertising packets indicating that connection is possible. "ADV_IND" is an advertising packet used for normal advertising and indicating that an unspecified device can be connected. Further, “ADV_DIRECT_IND” is an advertising packet indicating that a specific device can be connected, and is used for high-speed connection with a device that has been connected before. When the mobile terminal 10a receives the advertising packet of "ADV_IND" or "ADV_DIRECT_IND", the mobile terminal 10a transmits the connection request to the BLE terminal 20a which has transmitted the packet.

また、「ADV_NONCONN_IND」及び「ADV_SCAN_IND」は、接続不可であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットである。「ADV_NONCONN_IND」及び「ADV_SCAN_IND」は、不特定の機器に対して情報(例えば、アプリケーションで用いられるデータや位置情報などのデータ)を送信するために用いられる。 Further, “ADV_NONCONN_IND” and “ADV_SCAN_IND” are advertising packets indicating that connection is impossible. “ADV_NONCONN_IND” and “ADV_SCAN_IND” are used to transmit information (for example, data used in an application or data such as position information) to an unspecified device.

なお、一般的にはアドバタイジングよりもスキャンの方が消費電力が高くなる。これは、スキャンの実行中は、どのタイミングでもアドバタイジングパケットを受信できる状態にしておく(受信回路を作動させておく)必要があるからである。これに対して、アドバタイジングでは、1回のアドバタイジングイベントにおいて複数のアドバタイジングパケットが送信されるが、1のアドバタイジングパケットは極めて短い時間に送信されため、1回のアドバタイジングイベント中でも、アドバタイジングパケットを送信していない時間がある。アドバタイザは、アドバタイジングパケットを送信するときには送信回路を作動させるとともに電波を出力する必要があるため瞬間的に消費電力が高くなるものの、アドバタイジングパケットを送信するとき以外は、送信回路を作動させる必要もなければ電波も出力しないため、電力の消費は抑えられる。このため、ある一定の期間における消費電力は、スキャンの方がアドバタイジングよりも高くなる。 In general, the power consumption of scanning is higher than that of advertising. This is because it is necessary to keep the advertising packet in a receivable state (operating the receiving circuit) at any timing during the execution of the scan. On the other hand, in advertising, a plurality of advertising packets are transmitted in one advertising event, but one advertising packet is transmitted in an extremely short time. Therefore, advertising packets are transmitted even during one advertising event. I have no time. The advertiser consumes power instantaneously because it needs to activate the transmission circuit and output radio waves when transmitting an advertising packet, but it also requires activation of the transmission circuit except when transmitting an advertising packet. For example, no electric wave is output, so power consumption is reduced. Therefore, the power consumption in a certain period is higher in scanning than in advertising.

図5は、接続状態における携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの通信の一例を示す図である。図5に示すように、2つの機器が接続状態である場合、2つの機器との間でコネクションイベントと呼ばれる同期した通信(同期通信)が所定の時間間隔で行われる。コネクションイベントの間隔を「コネクションインターバル」という。コネクションインターバルは、接続が確立される際にマスターによって設定される。携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続におけるコネクションインターバルはCIa(例えば500m秒)である。コネクションインターバルは、7.5m秒〜4秒の範囲で設定されてもよい。 FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of communication between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a in the connected state. As shown in FIG. 5, when two devices are in a connected state, synchronized communication called a connection event (synchronous communication) is performed with the two devices at predetermined time intervals. The interval between connection events is called "connection interval". The connection interval is set by the master when the connection is established. The connection interval in the connection between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is CIa (for example, 500 msec). The connection interval may be set in the range of 7.5 ms to 4 seconds.

1回のコネクションイベントでは、1のデータチャネル(例えば、チャネル1)を用いて携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間でデータの送受信が行われる。最初のコネクションイベントの発生からCIaが経過すると、チャネルが切り替えられて次のコネクションイベントが行われる。図5に示す例では、最初のコネクションイベントではチャネル1が用いられ、2回目のコネクションイベントではチャネル3が用いられている。このホップするチャネルの数を「ホップ数」といい、図5に示す例では、ホップ数は「2」である。このホップ数は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続が確立される際に設定される。 In one connection event, data is transmitted and received between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a using one data channel (for example, channel 1). When CIa elapses from the occurrence of the first connection event, the channel is switched and the next connection event is performed. In the example shown in FIG. 5, channel 1 is used in the first connection event, and channel 3 is used in the second connection event. The number of channels to be hopped is called the "hop number", and the hop number is "2" in the example shown in FIG. The number of hops is set when the connection between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is established.

コネクションイベントは、接続を確立した端末毎に行われる。例えば、携帯端末10aが、BLE端末20cとも接続された状態の場合、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20cとの間でも、コネクションイベントが所定の時間間隔で発生する。図5に示す例では、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20cとの間の接続におけるコネクションインターバルはCIcである。携帯端末10aが複数のBLE端末20と接続される場合、各接続のコネクションイベントが時間的に重ならないように、携帯端末10aは、最初のコネクションイベントのタイミングを決定する。 The connection event is performed for each terminal that has established a connection. For example, when the mobile terminal 10a is also connected to the BLE terminal 20c, a connection event occurs between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20c at predetermined time intervals. In the example shown in FIG. 5, the connection interval in the connection between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20c is CIc. When the mobile terminal 10a is connected to a plurality of BLE terminals 20, the mobile terminal 10a determines the timing of the first connection event so that the connection events of the respective connections do not overlap in time.

図6は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続が確立された後の接続状態における通信の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of communication in a connection state after the connection between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is established.

図6に示すように、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとが接続された状態では、2つの機器は各コネクションイベントにおいて通信を行い、コネクションイベント以外の期間は通信を行わない。各機器は、例えば、コネクションイベント以外の期間においては、(他の機器と通信を行わなければ)受信回路および送信回路を作動させず、コネクションイベントのタイミングにおいて受信回路および送信回路を作動させて通信を行う。 As shown in FIG. 6, when the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are connected, the two devices perform communication at each connection event, and do not perform communication during periods other than the connection event. Each device, for example, does not operate the receiving circuit and the transmitting circuit (unless communicating with other devices) during the period other than the connection event, and operates the receiving circuit and the transmitting circuit at the timing of the connection event to communicate. I do.

具体的には、前回のコネクションイベントのタイミングからコネクションインターバル(CIa)が経過した場合は、携帯端末10aはBLE端末20aに対してパケットを送信し、BLE端末20aは当該パケットに対する応答を携帯端末10aに送信する。ここで、各機器には時刻の計測誤差があるため、BLE端末20aは、この誤差を考慮して、コネクションイベントのタイミングを含む所定期間で携帯端末10aからのパケットの受信を試みる。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、前回のコネクションイベントのタイミング(実際にパケットを受信したタイミング)からCIaが経過する前のタイミングで受信回路を作動させ、携帯端末10aからのパケットを受信可能にする。また、BLE端末20aは、前回のコネクションイベントのタイミングからCIaが経過した後のタイミングにおいても携帯端末10aからのパケットを受信可能な状態にしておく。すなわち、BLE端末20aは、上記誤差を考慮して、前回のコネクションイベントのタイミングから理論上のCIaが経過した時点の前後の期間においてパケットを受信可能な状態にする。接続が確立される際に、携帯端末10a(マスター)の時刻の精度情報が携帯端末10aからBLE端末20aに送信される。BLE端末20aは、受信した携帯端末10aの精度情報と自機の時刻の精度情報とに基づいて、受信回路を作動させるタイミングを計算する。 Specifically, when the connection interval (CIa) has elapsed from the timing of the previous connection event, the mobile terminal 10a transmits a packet to the BLE terminal 20a, and the BLE terminal 20a sends a response to the packet to the mobile terminal 10a. Send to. Here, since each device has a time measurement error, the BLE terminal 20a tries to receive the packet from the mobile terminal 10a in a predetermined period including the timing of the connection event in consideration of this error. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a activates the receiving circuit at a timing before CIa has elapsed from the timing of the previous connection event (the timing at which the packet was actually received) so that the packet from the mobile terminal 10a can be received. To do. Further, the BLE terminal 20a also keeps the packet from the mobile terminal 10a receivable at a timing after CIa has passed from the timing of the previous connection event. That is, in consideration of the above error, the BLE terminal 20a puts the packet in a receivable state before and after the theoretical CIa has elapsed from the timing of the previous connection event. When the connection is established, the accuracy information of the time of the mobile terminal 10a (master) is transmitted from the mobile terminal 10a to the BLE terminal 20a. The BLE terminal 20a calculates the timing for operating the receiving circuit based on the received accuracy information of the mobile terminal 10a and the accuracy information of the time of its own.

コネクションイベントにおいては、アプリケーションで用いられるデータ(アプリケーションデータ)の送受信が行われる。例えば、アプリケーションデータは、ゲームキャラクタやアイテムのデータ、それらのID、文字、記号、アプリケーションで再生されるコンテンツ(動画、静止画、音声)を示すデータ(コンテンツ自体やそのID)、各種センサからのデータ等であってもよい。アプリケーションデータは、1のパケットで送信されてもよいし、複数のパケットに分けて送信されてもよい。例えば、コンテンツのIDを受信した機器(携帯端末10a又はBLE端末20a)においては、その受信したIDをアプリケーションが解釈し、当該IDに対応するコンテンツ(動画、静止画、音声等)を再生する。IDに対応するコンテンツのデータは、IDを受信した機器が有する記憶装置に記憶されてもよいし、機器の外部に記憶されてもよい。例えば、IDを受信した機器(携帯端末10a又はBLE端末20a)が、携帯端末10a及びBLE端末20aとは異なるサーバ機器に対してIDを送信し、当該IDに対応するコンテンツのデータを当該サーバ機器からダウンロードしてもよい。そして、ダウンロードされたコンテンツのデータに基づいて、コンテンツが再生されてもよい。 In the connection event, data used by the application (application data) is transmitted and received. For example, application data includes data of game characters and items, their IDs, characters, symbols, data (contents themselves and their IDs) indicating contents (moving images, still images, sounds) reproduced by the application, from various sensors. It may be data or the like. The application data may be transmitted in one packet, or may be transmitted in a plurality of packets. For example, in the device (mobile terminal 10a or BLE terminal 20a) that has received the ID of the content, the application interprets the received ID and reproduces the content (moving image, still image, sound, etc.) corresponding to the ID. The data of the content corresponding to the ID may be stored in a storage device included in the device that has received the ID, or may be stored outside the device. For example, the device that receives the ID (the mobile terminal 10a or the BLE terminal 20a) transmits the ID to a server device different from the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a, and the content data corresponding to the ID is sent to the server device. You can download it from here. Then, the content may be reproduced based on the data of the downloaded content.

例えば、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aからアプリケーションデータを取得する場合、コネクションイベントにおいてBLE端末20aに対してデータの取得要求をデータパケット(データPDU)に含めて送信する。BLE端末20aは、この取得要求に応じたデータを応答パケットに含めて送信する。1のパケットにアプリケーションデータが収まらない場合は、BLE端末20aは、アプリケーションデータを分割し、複数の応答パケットに、分割したアプリケーションデータのそれぞれを含めて送信する。この応答パケットには、分割したアプリケーションデータと、シーケンス番号が含まれる。携帯端末10aは、分割されたアプリケーションデータをシーケンス番号順に並べることで、アプリケーションデータを再構築する。このように、複数回のコネクションイベントが行われることで、1のパケットに収まらないサイズのアプリケーションデータが、BLE端末20aから携帯端末10aに(または、携帯端末10aからBLE端末20aに)送信される。 For example, when the mobile terminal 10a acquires the application data from the BLE terminal 20a, the mobile terminal 10a transmits a data acquisition request included in a data packet (data PDU) to the BLE terminal 20a at a connection event. The BLE terminal 20a sends the response packet by including the data corresponding to the acquisition request in the response packet. If the application data does not fit in one packet, the BLE terminal 20a divides the application data, and transmits the plurality of response packets including each of the divided application data. The response packet includes the divided application data and the sequence number. The mobile terminal 10a reconstructs the application data by arranging the divided application data in sequence number order. In this way, since the connection event is performed a plurality of times, application data having a size that does not fit in one packet is transmitted from the BLE terminal 20a to the mobile terminal 10a (or from the mobile terminal 10a to the BLE terminal 20a). ..

ここで、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続には、スレーブレイテンシーが設定される。スレーブレイテンシーは、BLE端末20a(ペリフェラル)が無視(スキップ)することができるコネクションイベントの回数である。通常、各コネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10a(セントラル)はBLE端末20aに対してパケットを送信し、BLE端末20aは当該パケットを受信したことに応じて応答パケットを返す。これにより、アプリケーションデータがやり取りされる。しかしながら、BLE端末20aは、送信すべきデータが無い場合、応答を返さなくてもよい。 Here, the slave latency is set for the connection between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a. The slave latency is the number of connection events that the BLE terminal 20a (peripheral) can ignore (skip). Normally, at each connection event, the mobile terminal 10a (central) transmits a packet to the BLE terminal 20a, and the BLE terminal 20a returns a response packet in response to receiving the packet. As a result, application data is exchanged. However, the BLE terminal 20a may not return a response when there is no data to be transmitted.

図6に示す例では、スレーブレイテンシーSLaは「4」に設定されている。図6に示すように、時点t0におけるコネクションイベントにおいて、携帯端末10aからBLE端末20aにパケットが送信され、当該パケットに応じてBLE端末20aから携帯端末10aに応答パケットが送信される。CIaが経過した時点t1におけるコネクションイベントでは、携帯端末10aはBLE端末20aにパケットを送信するものの、BLE端末20aは、応答パケットを携帯端末10aに送信しなくてもよい。さらに次の時点t2、t3、t4においても、BLE端末20aは、応答パケットを携帯端末10aに送信しなくてもよい。一方、時点t4からCIaが経過した時点t5におけるコネクションイベントでは、BLE端末20aは応答パケットを携帯端末10aに送信する。さらに、その後の時点t6〜t9におけるコネクションイベントでは、BLE端末20aは応答パケットを携帯端末10aに送信しなくてもよいが、時点t10におけるコネクションイベントでは、BLE端末20aは応答パケットを携帯端末10aに送信する。なお、BLE端末20aは、時点t1〜t4、t6〜t9におけるコネクションイベントにおいて、応答パケットを携帯端末10aに送信してもよい。すなわち、スレーブレイテンシーは、スレーブとしてのBLE端末20aがコネクションイベントを連続的に無視することができる最大回数である。このように、携帯端末10aは、所定の許容期間(スレーブレイテンシーが示すコネクションイベントの回数)にBLE端末20aからのパケットを受信しない場合がある。なお、この許容期間は、上述のようにコネクションイベントの回数によって表されてもよく、時間によって表されてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 6, the slave latency SLa is set to “4”. As shown in FIG. 6, in the connection event at time t0, a packet is transmitted from the mobile terminal 10a to the BLE terminal 20a, and a response packet is transmitted from the BLE terminal 20a to the mobile terminal 10a in response to the packet. At the connection event at time t1 when CIa has elapsed, the mobile terminal 10a transmits a packet to the BLE terminal 20a, but the BLE terminal 20a does not have to transmit a response packet to the mobile terminal 10a. Furthermore, at the next time points t2, t3, and t4, the BLE terminal 20a does not have to transmit the response packet to the mobile terminal 10a. On the other hand, at the connection event at time t5 when CIa has elapsed from time t4, the BLE terminal 20a transmits a response packet to the mobile terminal 10a. Further, in the connection event from time t6 to time t9 thereafter, the BLE terminal 20a does not have to transmit the response packet to the mobile terminal 10a, but in the connection event at time t10, the BLE terminal 20a transmits the response packet to the mobile terminal 10a. Send. Note that the BLE terminal 20a may transmit the response packet to the mobile terminal 10a in the connection event at the times t1 to t4 and t6 to t9. That is, the slave latency is the maximum number of times that the BLE terminal 20a as a slave can continuously ignore the connection event. As described above, the mobile terminal 10a may not receive the packet from the BLE terminal 20a within a predetermined allowable period (the number of connection events indicated by the slave latency). Note that this allowable period may be represented by the number of connection events as described above, or may be represented by time.

スレーブレイテンシーは、BLE端末20a(ペリフェラル)に対して与えられた、携帯端末10a(セントラル)に対する応答を無視することができる権利と捉えることができる。BLE端末20aは、自機の判断で、各コネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10aに対して応答を送信するかどうかを決定することができる。例えば、BLE端末20aは、他の処理や他の機器との通信を行う必要がある場合には、携帯端末10aへの応答を省略することができる。BLE端末20aは、スレーブレイテンシーの範囲内で携帯端末10aに対して応答を返す。 The slave latency can be regarded as the right to ignore the response to the mobile terminal 10a (central) given to the BLE terminal 20a (peripheral). The BLE terminal 20a can determine whether or not to send a response to the mobile terminal 10a at each connection event based on its own judgment. For example, the BLE terminal 20a can omit the response to the mobile terminal 10a when it is necessary to perform other processing or communication with other devices. The BLE terminal 20a returns a response to the mobile terminal 10a within the range of slave latency.

携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間で所定期間通信が行われなかった場合、2つの機器の間の接続は解除(切断)される(2つの機器が接続状態から非接続状態に遷移する)。2つの機器の間の接続が解除されるか否かは、接続監視タイムアウトに基づいて判断される。具体的には、前回の通信からの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えた(又は達した)場合、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続は解除される。ここで、接続監視タイムアウトは、スレーブレイテンシーSLよりも大きな値に設定される。このため、例えば図6において、携帯端末10aが5回目のコネクションイベント(t5)においてBLE端末20aからの応答パケットを受信しなかった場合でも、携帯端末10aおよびBLE端末20aはすぐに非接続状態に遷移しない。これは、例えば、スレーブレイテンシーが「4」に設定されている場合に、BLE端末20aが4回のコネクションイベント(t1〜t4におけるコネクションイベント)を無視して、5回目のコネクションイベント(t5)において携帯端末10aに応答パケットを送信した場合でも、通信の状況により、その応答パケットを携帯端末10aが受信できないことも想定されるからである。仮に、5回目のコネクションイベントにおいてBLE端末20aが送信した応答パケットを携帯端末10aが受信できなかった場合に携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続が解除されると、頻繁に接続が解除されてしまう。このようなことを防止するために、接続監視タイムアウトは、スレーブレイテンシーSLよりも大きな値に設定され、通信が行われなかった期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えた場合に、2つの機器は接続状態から非接続状態に遷移する(2つの機器の接続は解除される)。 When communication is not performed for a predetermined period between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a, the connection between the two devices is released (disconnected) (the two devices transit from the connected state to the disconnected state). .. Whether or not the connection between the two devices is released is determined based on the connection monitoring timeout. Specifically, when the elapsed time from the previous communication exceeds (or reaches) the connection monitoring timeout, the connection between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is released. Here, the connection monitoring timeout is set to a value larger than the slave latency SL. Therefore, for example, in FIG. 6, even when the mobile terminal 10a does not receive the response packet from the BLE terminal 20a in the fifth connection event (t5), the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are immediately disconnected. Does not transition. This is because, for example, when the slave latency is set to “4”, the BLE terminal 20a ignores four connection events (connection events at t1 to t4) and at the fifth connection event (t5). Even if the response packet is transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a, it may be assumed that the response packet cannot be received by the mobile terminal 10a depending on the communication situation. If the mobile terminal 10a cannot receive the response packet transmitted by the BLE terminal 20a in the fifth connection event and the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are disconnected, the connection is frequently released. End up. In order to prevent such a situation, the connection monitoring timeout is set to a value larger than the slave latency SL, and when the period during which communication is not performed exceeds the connection monitoring timeout, the two devices are not connected. Transition to a non-connected state (connection of two devices is released).

具体的には、携帯端末10aは、応答パケットを受信してからの経過時間を計測し、BLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信しない期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えた場合(又は接続監視タイムアウトに達した場合)、接続状態から非接続状態に遷移する。また、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aからのデータパケットを受信しない期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えた場合(又は接続監視タイムアウトに達した場合)、接続状態から非接続状態に遷移する(または、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10に応答パケットを送信してからの経過時間を計測し、携帯端末10aに応答パケットを送信しない期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えた場合、接続状態から非接続状態に遷移してもよい)。すなわち、携帯端末10a及びBLE端末20aは、接続先からのパケットを受信しない期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えた(又は達した)場合、接続状態から非接続状態に遷移する。 Specifically, the mobile terminal 10a measures the elapsed time after receiving the response packet, and when the period during which the response packet is not received from the BLE terminal 20a exceeds the connection monitoring timeout (or the connection monitoring timeout is reached). Case), transition from the connected state to the disconnected state. The BLE terminal 20a transitions from the connected state to the disconnected state (or BLE when the period during which the data packet from the mobile terminal 10a is not received exceeds the connection monitoring timeout (or when the connection monitoring timeout is reached). The terminal 20a measures the elapsed time after transmitting the response packet to the mobile terminal 10, and transitions from the connected state to the disconnected state when the period during which the response packet is not transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a exceeds the connection monitoring timeout. May be). That is, the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a transition from the connected state to the disconnected state when the period during which the packet from the connection destination is not received exceeds (or reaches) the connection monitoring timeout.

なお、前回の通信からの経過時間を計測し、コネクションイベントにおいて接続先からの通信を確認できない期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えた(又は達した)場合、携帯端末10a又はBLE端末20aは接続状態から非接続状態に遷移せず、接続の中断があったと判断してもよい。例えば、接続の中断があったと判断した場合、携帯端末10a及び/又はBLE端末20aは、接続の中断状態に遷移してもよい。例えば、BLE端末20aは、接続の中断があったと判断した場合、携帯端末10aからのパケットの受信を試みるものの、携帯端末10aへのパケットの送信は行なわない状態に遷移してもよい。この場合において、このパケットの受信を試みるタイミングは、例えば、接続状態におけるコネクションインターバルよりも長い又は短い間隔であってもよし、ランダムであってもよい。あるいは、BLE端末20aは、接続の中断があったと判断した場合、携帯端末10aからのパケットの受信を試みずに、携帯端末10aに対してパケットを定期的に又はランダムに送信する状態に遷移してもよい。また、携帯端末10aは、接続の中断があったと判断した場合、例えば、接続状態において設定されていたコネクションインターバルと異なる間隔(例えばコネクションインターバルより長い間隔)でBLE端末20aにパケットを送信してもよいし、ランダムに決定したタイミングでBLE端末20aにパケットを送信してもよい。あるいは、携帯端末10aは、接続の中断があったと判断した場合、BLE端末20aにパケットを送信せず、BLE端末20aからのパケットの受信を試みてもよい。そして、中断状態に遷移した2つの機器は、(接続監視タイムアウトを超えた又は達した場合であっても)相手からのパケットを受信したことに基づいて再び接続状態に戻ってもよい。 In addition, when the elapsed time from the last communication is measured and the period during which the communication from the connection destination cannot be confirmed in the connection event exceeds (or reaches) the connection monitoring timeout, the mobile terminal 10a or the BLE terminal 20a is not connected. It may be determined that the connection is interrupted without transitioning to the non-connection state. For example, when it is determined that the connection is interrupted, the mobile terminal 10a and/or the BLE terminal 20a may transit to the connection interrupted state. For example, when the BLE terminal 20a determines that the connection is interrupted, it may try to receive the packet from the mobile terminal 10a, but may transition to a state in which the packet is not transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a. In this case, the timing of attempting to receive this packet may be, for example, longer or shorter than the connection interval in the connected state, or may be random. Alternatively, when the BLE terminal 20a determines that the connection has been interrupted, the BLE terminal 20a transitions to a state in which packets are periodically or randomly transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a without attempting to receive a packet from the mobile terminal 10a. May be. When the mobile terminal 10a determines that the connection is interrupted, for example, the mobile terminal 10a transmits a packet to the BLE terminal 20a at an interval different from the connection interval set in the connected state (for example, an interval longer than the connection interval). Alternatively, the packet may be transmitted to the BLE terminal 20a at a timing determined randomly. Alternatively, when the mobile terminal 10a determines that the connection has been interrupted, the mobile terminal 10a may try to receive the packet from the BLE terminal 20a without transmitting the packet to the BLE terminal 20a. Then, the two devices that have transitioned to the suspended state may return to the connected state again based on the reception of the packet from the other party (even if the connection monitoring timeout has been exceeded or reached).

接続監視タイムアウトは、「(SL+1)×コネクションインターバル」の2倍以上に設定される。例えば、コネクションインターバルが500m秒、スレーブレイテンシーが4に設定される場合、接続監視タイムアウトとして、500m秒×(4+1)×2=5秒が設定されてもよい。なお、接続監視タイムアウトは、時間によって定められてもよいし、コネクションイベントの回数によって定められてもよい。例えば、コネクションインターバルが500m秒、スレーブレイテンシーが4に設定される場合、接続監視タイムアウトとして「(4+1)×2=10」が設定されてもよく、この場合は時間に換算すると「5秒」となる。この場合、例えば、図6において、5回目のコネクションイベント(t5)において、携帯端末10aがBLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信しなかった場合でも、t6〜t10におけるコネクションイベントは実行される(この期間、2つの機器の接続は維持される)。時点t10におけるコネクションイベントにおいて、携帯端末10aがBLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信した場合は、2つの機器の接続は維持される。一方、5回目のコネクションイベント(t5)において携帯端末10aがBLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信しなかった場合において、時点t10におけるコネクションイベントにおいても携帯端末10aがBLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信しなかった場合(すなわち、t1以降の全てのコネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10aが応答パケットを受信しなかった場合)は、2つの機器の接続は解除される。なお、接続監視タイムアウトは、例えば100m秒〜32秒の範囲で定められてもよい。 The connection monitoring timeout is set to be twice or more of “(SL+1)×connection interval”. For example, when the connection interval is set to 500 msec and the slave latency is set to 4, 500 msec×(4+1)×2=5 sec may be set as the connection monitoring timeout. The connection monitoring timeout may be set according to time or the number of connection events. For example, if the connection interval is set to 500 msec and the slave latency is set to 4, “(4+1)×2=10” may be set as the connection monitoring timeout. In this case, when converted to time, “5 seconds” is set. Become. In this case, for example, in FIG. 6, even when the mobile terminal 10a does not receive a response packet from the BLE terminal 20a in the fifth connection event (t5), the connection event from t6 to t10 is executed (this period). The connection between the two devices is maintained). In the connection event at time t10, when the mobile terminal 10a receives the response packet from the BLE terminal 20a, the connection between the two devices is maintained. On the other hand, when the mobile terminal 10a does not receive the response packet from the BLE terminal 20a at the fifth connection event (t5), the mobile terminal 10a does not receive the response packet from the BLE terminal 20a even at the connection event at time t10. When the portable terminal 10a does not receive the response packet in all connection events after t1, the connection between the two devices is released. The connection monitoring timeout may be set in the range of 100 msec to 32 sec, for example.

なお、スレーブレイテンシーSLの定義範囲は例えば0〜499である。しかしながら、BLE規格は時刻同期型の通信であるため、2つの機器のクロックの累積誤差がある値を超える前に2つの機器は同期される必要がある。クロックの累積誤差を考慮した必要な通信間隔を実効接続インターバルという。実行接続インターバルは、「(SL+1)×コネクションインターバル」で表され、上記接続監視タイムアウトの半分以下に設定されなければならない。このため、スレーブレイテンシーの最大値は、接続監視タイムアウトの制限を受ける。 The definition range of the slave latency SL is 0 to 499, for example. However, since the BLE standard is a time synchronization type communication, the two devices need to be synchronized before the accumulated error of the clocks of the two devices exceeds a certain value. The necessary communication interval considering the accumulated error of the clock is called the effective connection interval. The execution connection interval is represented by “(SL+1)×connection interval” and should be set to half or less of the connection monitoring timeout. Therefore, the maximum slave latency is limited by the connection monitoring timeout.

なお、スレーブレイテンシーに基づいて、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続を解除するか否かが判断されてもよい。例えば、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aからの応答パケットが無かった期間がスレーブレイテンシーを超えた場合(または当該期間がスレーブレイテンシーに達した場合)、BLE端末20aとの接続を解除してもよい。 It should be noted that whether or not to disconnect the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a may be determined based on the slave latency. For example, the mobile terminal 10a may release the connection with the BLE terminal 20a when the period in which there is no response packet from the BLE terminal 20a exceeds the slave latency (or when the period reaches the slave latency). ..

このように、BLE端末20は、携帯端末10に対して送信すべきデータが無い場合、スレーブレイテンシーの範囲内で携帯端末10に対して応答パケットを送信しなくてもよい。また、仮に携帯端末10がBLE端末20から応答パケットを受信しなかった期間がスレーブレイテンシーを超えた場合でも、当該応答パケットを受信しなかった期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えていない場合は、携帯端末10はBLE端末20との接続を解除することは無い。しかしながら、仮に携帯端末10がBLE端末20から応答パケットを受信しなかった期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えていない場合でも、当該期間がスレーブレイテンシーを超えた場合は、2つの機器間のクロック誤差が累積され、2つの機器間で同期が取れなくなる可能性がある。2つの機器間で同期が取れなくなると、携帯端末10とBLE端末20とは互いに通信をすることができず、接続は解除されてしまう。したがって、BLE端末20(スレーブ)は、連続してコネクションイベントを無視する回数(マスターに応答パケットを返さない回数)がスレーブレイテンシーSLを超えないように携帯端末10に対して応答パケットを送信する。これにより、携帯端末10とBLE端末20とは前回の通信から遅くともSL+1回目のコネクションイベントにおいて同期を取ることができ、携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の接続が解除されるリスクを回避することができる。 As described above, the BLE terminal 20 does not have to transmit the response packet to the mobile terminal 10 within the range of the slave latency when there is no data to be transmitted to the mobile terminal 10. Even if the period in which the mobile terminal 10 did not receive the response packet from the BLE terminal 20 exceeds the slave latency, if the period in which the response packet is not received does not exceed the connection monitoring timeout, the mobile terminal 10 never disconnects from the BLE terminal 20. However, even if the period in which the mobile terminal 10 did not receive the response packet from the BLE terminal 20 does not exceed the connection monitoring timeout, if the period exceeds the slave latency, the clock error between the two devices is accumulated. Therefore, the two devices may not be synchronized with each other. If the two devices cannot be synchronized with each other, the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 cannot communicate with each other, and the connection is canceled. Therefore, the BLE terminal 20 (slave) transmits the response packet to the mobile terminal 10 so that the number of times the connection event is continuously ignored (the number of times the response packet is not returned to the master) does not exceed the slave latency SL. As a result, the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 can be synchronized with each other at the SL+1th connection event at the latest from the previous communication, and the risk of disconnecting the connection between the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 is avoided. be able to.

なお、コネクションイベントにおいては、コネクションインターバルの変更が行われたり、スレーブレイテンシーの変更が行われたり、接続監視タイムアウトの変更が行われたりする。コネクションインターバルの変更は、携帯端末10a(セントラル)によって行われる。スレーブレイテンシーの変更は、BLE端末20a(ペリフェラル)からの要求(当該要求は応答パケットに含められる)によって行われる。BLE端末20aが携帯端末10aに対してコネクションインターバルの変更要求を送信してもよく、携帯端末10aがスレーブレイテンシーを変更してもよい。また、携帯端末10a及びBLE端末20aの双方がコネクションインターバル、スレーブレイテンシーおよび接続監視タイムアウトの変更のための要求を行うことが可能であってもよい。この場合は、コネクションインターバルの変更については、携帯端末10a(セントラル)の要求が優先され、スレーブレイテンシーの変更については、BLE端末20a(ペリフェラル)の要求が優先されてもよい。一方で、コネクションインターバル、スレーブレイテンシーおよび接続監視タイムアウトのいずれの変更についても、マスターである機器(携帯端末10a)の要求がスレーブの機器(BLE端末20a)よりも優先されるようにしてもよい。 In the connection event, the connection interval is changed, the slave latency is changed, and the connection monitoring timeout is changed. The connection interval is changed by the mobile terminal 10a (central). The slave latency is changed by a request from the BLE terminal 20a (peripheral) (the request is included in the response packet). The BLE terminal 20a may send a connection interval change request to the mobile terminal 10a, or the mobile terminal 10a may change the slave latency. Further, both the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a may be capable of making a request for changing the connection interval, the slave latency, and the connection monitoring timeout. In this case, the request of the mobile terminal 10a (central) may be prioritized for changing the connection interval, and the request of the BLE terminal 20a (peripheral) may be prioritized for changing the slave latency. On the other hand, with respect to any of the connection interval, the slave latency, and the connection monitoring timeout, the request from the master device (mobile terminal 10a) may be prioritized over the slave device (BLE terminal 20a).

図4〜図6を参照して説明したように、BLE端末20は、接続のためのアドバタイジングパケットを繰り返しブロードキャストするアドバタイジングを行う。一例として、BLE端末20は、アドバタイジングを行ったすぐ後に(携帯端末10からのコネクション要求等を受信するために)受信状態にしばらく留まる。携帯端末10は当該アドバタイジングパケットを受信すると、コネクション要求をBLE端末20に送信する。コネクション要求には、接続のための各種パラメータ(コネクションインターバルやスレーブレイテンシー等)が含まれる。携帯端末10がコネクション要求を送信すると、携帯端末10とBLE端末20との接続が確立され、2つの機器は接続状態になる。 As described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6, the BLE terminal 20 performs advertising by repeatedly broadcasting an advertising packet for connection. As an example, the BLE terminal 20 stays in the receiving state for a while (to receive a connection request or the like from the mobile terminal 10) immediately after performing the advertising. When the mobile terminal 10 receives the advertising packet, the mobile terminal 10 transmits a connection request to the BLE terminal 20. The connection request includes various parameters for connection (connection interval, slave latency, etc.). When the mobile terminal 10 transmits the connection request, the connection between the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 is established, and the two devices are in the connected state.

接続状態になると、コネクションイベントのタイミングにおいて、携帯端末10は送信回路を作動させて、BLE端末20に対してデータパケットを送信する。すなわち、携帯端末10aは、コネクションイベントのタイミングが到来すると、BLE端末20aに対してデータパケットを送信する。具体的には、携帯端末10aは、データパケットに接続確立時に決定されたアクセスアドレスを含めて送信する。BLE端末20は、携帯端末10と同期して、携帯端末10からのパケットを受信するために受信回路を作動させる。BLE端末20は、携帯端末10からのパケットを受信したことに応じて当該パケットに対する応答を携帯端末10に送信する。この応答パケットにも上記アクセスアドレスが含まれる。ここで、BLE端末20は、携帯端末10からのパケットをスレーブレイテンシーによって定められる回数だけ無視することができる。BLE端末20は、あるコネクションイベントにおける携帯端末10からのパケットを無視する場合は、そのコネクションイベントのタイミングにおいて受信回路を作動させなくてもよい。また、携帯端末10は、BLE端末20からの応答が無かった期間が、接続監視タイムアウトを超えない場合は、BLE端末20との接続を維持する。一方、携帯端末10は、BLE端末20からの応答が無かった期間が、接続監視タイムアウトを超えた(又は達した)場合は、BLE端末20との接続を解除して非接続状態になる。非接続状態になると、2つの機器の間ではコネクションイベントは発生しない。BLE端末20が、再び、アドバタイジングを行って、携帯端末10がコネクション要求を送信すると、再び接続状態に移行する。 In the connection state, at the timing of the connection event, the mobile terminal 10 operates the transmission circuit to transmit the data packet to the BLE terminal 20. That is, the mobile terminal 10a transmits a data packet to the BLE terminal 20a when the timing of the connection event arrives. Specifically, the mobile terminal 10a transmits the data packet including the access address determined at the time of establishing the connection. The BLE terminal 20 operates the receiving circuit in synchronization with the mobile terminal 10 to receive the packet from the mobile terminal 10. Upon receipt of the packet from the mobile terminal 10, the BLE terminal 20 transmits a response to the packet to the mobile terminal 10. The response packet also includes the access address. Here, the BLE terminal 20 can ignore the packet from the mobile terminal 10 the number of times determined by the slave latency. If the BLE terminal 20 ignores the packet from the mobile terminal 10 at a certain connection event, the BLE terminal 20 does not have to operate the receiving circuit at the timing of the connection event. Moreover, the mobile terminal 10 maintains the connection with the BLE terminal 20 when the period during which there is no response from the BLE terminal 20 does not exceed the connection monitoring timeout. On the other hand, when the period during which there is no response from the BLE terminal 20 exceeds (or reaches) the connection monitoring timeout, the mobile terminal 10 releases the connection with the BLE terminal 20 and becomes a non-connection state. In the disconnected state, no connection event occurs between the two devices. When the BLE terminal 20 performs advertising again and the mobile terminal 10 transmits a connection request, the BLE terminal 20 shifts to the connected state again.

このように、2つの機器との間で接続が確立される際は、コネクション要求が行われて(接続のためのパラメータがやり取りされて)、2つの機器は接続状態になる。2つの機器が接続状態である場合には、2つの機器の間で所定の時間間隔で通信が行われる。2つの機器が接続状態であるときは、接続の確立の際にやり取りされた情報に基づいて、2つの機器は通信を行う。接続状態は、接続が解除されるまで(例えば、BLE端末20からの応答が無かった期間が接続監視タイムアウトを超えるまで)維持される。携帯端末10においてユーザやアプリケーションからの接続を解除する旨の指示が行われた場合に、2つの機器の間の接続が解除されてもよい。一方、「非接続状態」では、上記コネクションイベントは発生しない。なお、非接続状態であっても、アドバタイジングパケットを用いたブロードキャストを行うことにより、2つの機器の間で通信が行われる場合がある。 In this way, when a connection is established between the two devices, a connection request is made (parameters for connection are exchanged) and the two devices enter the connected state. When the two devices are connected, communication is performed between the two devices at a predetermined time interval. When the two devices are in the connected state, the two devices communicate with each other based on the information exchanged when establishing the connection. The connection state is maintained until the connection is released (for example, until the period when there is no response from the BLE terminal 20 exceeds the connection monitoring timeout). The connection between the two devices may be released when an instruction to release the connection is given from the user or the application on the mobile terminal 10. On the other hand, in the "unconnected state", the connection event does not occur. Even in the non-connected state, communication may be performed between the two devices by performing the broadcast using the advertising packet.

(本実施形態のBLEネットワーク)
次に本実施形態におけるBLEネットワークの接続形態について説明する。図7は、本実施形態におけるBLEネットワークの接続形態の一例を示す図である。
(BLE network of this embodiment)
Next, a connection form of the BLE network in this embodiment will be described. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of a connection form of the BLE network in the present embodiment.

図7に示すように、本実施形態の無線機器システム1は、BLE規格に基づく無線通信が可能な複数の機器を含み、携帯端末10aと、携帯端末10bと、BLE端末20aと、BLE端末20bとを含む。図7では、携帯端末10aをセントラルとし、BLE端末20aをペリフェラルとして、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとが、接続された状態である(接続A)。また、携帯端末10bをセントラルとし、BLE端末20bをペリフェラルとして、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとが、接続された状態である(接続B)。 As shown in FIG. 7, the wireless device system 1 of the present embodiment includes a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication based on the BLE standard, and includes a mobile terminal 10a, a mobile terminal 10b, a BLE terminal 20a, and a BLE terminal 20b. Including and In FIG. 7, the mobile terminal 10a is the central and the BLE terminal 20a is the peripheral, and the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are connected (connection A). In addition, the mobile terminal 10b is the central and the BLE terminal 20b is the peripheral, and the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are connected (connection B).

本実施形態では、図7に示すような状態において、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが通信可能な範囲に存在する場合、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが通信することができる。具体的には、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとは、2つの機器間で接続を確立し、接続状態において互いに通信することができる。また、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとは、非接続状態においても通信することができる。例えば、BLE端末20aは、マスターである携帯端末10aからの指示無しでBLE端末20bと通信することができる。また、携帯端末10aのアプリケーションレイヤからの要求や携帯端末10aに対するユーザ操作によって、携帯端末10aからBLE端末20aに対して指示が行われ、当該指示に応じて、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信が行われてもよい。 In the present embodiment, in the state as shown in FIG. 7, when the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are within the communicable range, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b can communicate with each other. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b can establish a connection between two devices and can communicate with each other in a connected state. Further, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b can communicate with each other even in a non-connection state. For example, the BLE terminal 20a can communicate with the BLE terminal 20b without an instruction from the master mobile terminal 10a. Further, an instruction is issued from the mobile terminal 10a to the BLE terminal 20a by a request from the application layer of the mobile terminal 10a or a user operation on the mobile terminal 10a, and the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are instructed in accordance with the instruction. Communication between may be performed.

まず、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続されない状態において通信する場合について説明する。 First, a case where communication is performed in a state where the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are not connected will be described.

図8は、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続されていない状態で通信する場合の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 8: is a figure which shows an example at the time of communicating in the state which BLE terminal 20a and BLE terminal 20b are not connected.

図8に示すように、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとは接続された状態であり、コネクションインターバルCIa毎にコネクションイベントが発生する。携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続AにおけるコネクションインターバルCIaは、例えば、500m秒であってもよい。また、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続AにはスレーブレイテンシーSLaが設定されており、例えば、SLa=「4」であるとする。 As shown in FIG. 8, the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are in a connected state, and a connection event occurs at each connection interval CIa. The connection interval CIa in the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a may be, for example, 500 msec. Further, it is assumed that the slave latency SLa is set for the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a, and for example, SLa=“4”.

また、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとは接続された状態であり、コネクションインターバルCIb毎にコネクションイベントが発生する。携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの接続BにおけるコネクションインターバルCIbは、例えば、500m秒であってもよい。また、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの接続BにはスレーブレイテンシーSLbが設定されており、例えば、SLb=「5」であるとする。 Further, the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are in a connected state, and a connection event occurs at every connection interval CIb. The connection interval CIb in the connection B between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b may be, for example, 500 msec. Further, a slave latency SLb is set for the connection B between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b, and for example, SLb=“5”.

このような状態において、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとは、アドバタイジングとスキャンを繰り返し実行する。ここでは、一例として、アドバタイジングのタイプは、上記「ADV_NONCONN_IND」である。すなわち、接続不可であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットが、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間で送信される。これにより、BLE端末20aからBLE端末20b、及び、BLE端末20bからBLE端末20aに対してデータが送信される。 In such a state, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b repeatedly perform advertising and scanning. Here, as an example, the advertising type is “ADV_NONCONN_IND”. That is, the advertising packet indicating that the connection is impossible is transmitted between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. As a result, data is transmitted from the BLE terminal 20a to the BLE terminal 20b and from the BLE terminal 20b to the BLE terminal 20a.

具体的には、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとの接続Aが解除されるリスクを回避するために、スレーブレイテンシーSLa内で携帯端末10aと通信を行う一方で、携帯端末10aとの通信を行わない間は、スキャンとアドバタイジングを繰り返し実行してBLE端末20bとの通信を試みる。例えば、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとの間の接続Aにおけるコネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10aに対して応答を返した後、次の4回のコネクションイベントにおいては携帯端末10aに対して応答を返さない。この4回のコネクションイベントが行われる期間において、BLE端末20aは、スキャンとアドバタイジングを繰り返し実行してBLE端末20bとの通信を試みる。すなわち、BLE端末20aは、スレーブレイテンシーSLaを上限として複数のコネクションイベントを無視し、その無視したコネクションイベントの間に、BLE端末20bと通信するためにスキャンとアドバタイジングを繰り返し実行する。図8に示すように、スキャンとアドバタイジングの間には、休止期間が設けられる。なお、間に休止期間を挟んでスキャンとアドバタイジングとが交互に行われてもよいし(図8)、間に休止期間を挟まずにスキャンとアドバタイジングとが交互に行われてもよい(図示せず)。また、スキャンとアドバタイジングとは必ずしも交互に行われなくてもよい。 Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a communicates with the mobile terminal 10a while communicating with the mobile terminal 10a within the slave latency SLa in order to avoid the risk of disconnecting the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a. While not performing, scanning and advertising are repeatedly executed to attempt communication with the BLE terminal 20b. For example, the BLE terminal 20a returns a response to the mobile terminal 10a in the connection event in the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a, and then returns a response to the mobile terminal 10a in the next four connection events. Absent. In the period in which the connection event is performed four times, the BLE terminal 20a repeatedly executes scanning and advertising and tries to communicate with the BLE terminal 20b. That is, the BLE terminal 20a ignores a plurality of connection events with the slave latency SLa being the upper limit, and repeatedly executes scanning and advertising to communicate with the BLE terminal 20b during the ignored connection events. As shown in FIG. 8, a pause period is provided between scanning and advertising. It should be noted that scanning and advertising may be alternately performed with a pause period therebetween (FIG. 8), or scanning and advertising may be alternately performed without a pause period therebetween (illustration). No). Further, the scanning and the advertising need not necessarily be performed alternately.

同様に、BLE端末20bは、携帯端末10bとの接続Bが解除されるリスクを回避するために、携帯端末10bと通信を行う一方で、携帯端末10bとの通信を行わない間は、スキャンとアドバタイジングを繰り返し実行する。例えば、BLE端末20bは、携帯端末10bとの間の接続Bにおけるコネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10bに対して応答を返した後、次の5回のコネクションイベントにおいては携帯端末10bに対して応答を返さずに、スキャンとアドバタイジングを繰り返し実行する。 Similarly, the BLE terminal 20b communicates with the mobile terminal 10b in order to avoid the risk of disconnecting the connection B with the mobile terminal 10b, while scanning is performed while communication with the mobile terminal 10b is not performed. Repeat advertising. For example, the BLE terminal 20b returns a response to the mobile terminal 10b in the connection event in the connection B with the mobile terminal 10b, and then returns a response to the mobile terminal 10b in the next five connection events. Instead, repeat scanning and advertising.

BLE端末20aと20bのスキャンとアドバタイジングのタイミングが一致した場合は、BLE端末間で通信が行われる。例えば、BLE端末20aがスキャンを実行している間に、BLE端末20bがアドバタイジングを実行すると、BLE端末20bからBLE端末20aにデータが送信される。逆に、BLE端末20bがスキャンを実行している間に、BLE端末20aがアドバタイジングを実行すると、BLE端末20aからBLE端末20bにデータが送信される。このようにして、BLE端末20同士は、他の機器(携帯端末10)のスレーブとして当該他の機器と接続されている状態においても、互いに通信を行うことができる。 When the scanning and advertising timings of the BLE terminals 20a and 20b match, communication is performed between the BLE terminals. For example, when the BLE terminal 20b executes advertising while the BLE terminal 20a is executing scanning, data is transmitted from the BLE terminal 20b to the BLE terminal 20a. On the contrary, when the BLE terminal 20a performs advertising while the BLE terminal 20b is performing scanning, data is transmitted from the BLE terminal 20a to the BLE terminal 20b. In this way, the BLE terminals 20 can communicate with each other even in a state where they are connected as slaves to other devices (mobile terminals 10).

なお、以下では、携帯端末10を「親」と呼び、BLE端末20を「子」と呼ぶことがある。「親」はセントラル(マスター)と同じ意味であり、「子」はペリフェラル(スレーブ)と同じ意味である。また、携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の接続を「親子間接続」と呼び、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を「子同士通信」と呼ぶことがある。 In the following, the mobile terminal 10 may be called a “parent” and the BLE terminal 20 may be called a “child”. “Parent” has the same meaning as central (master), and “child” has the same meaning as peripheral (slave). Further, the connection between the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 may be referred to as “parent-child connection”, and the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b may be referred to as “child-to-child communication”.

ここで、各BLE端末20のスキャンとアドバタイジングのタイミングが一致しなければ、BLE端末20同士は通信することができない。例えば、BLE端末20aがスキャンを実行している間にBLE端末20bがアドバタイジングを行わなければ、BLE端末20aはBLE端末20bからのデータを受信することはできない。 Here, unless the scanning timing and the advertising timing of each BLE terminal 20 match, the BLE terminals 20 cannot communicate with each other. For example, if the BLE terminal 20b does not advertise while the BLE terminal 20a is executing a scan, the BLE terminal 20a cannot receive data from the BLE terminal 20b.

BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが一定の時間間隔でスキャンとアドバタイジングとを繰り返し実行し、かつ、スキャンとアドバタイジングの長さが固定の場合、BLE端末20aのスキャン(又はアドバタイジング)のタイミングとBLE端末20bのアドバタイジング(又はスキャン)のタイミングとが一致することなく、2つの機器間で通信を行うことができないままとなる場合もありうる。そこで、本実施形態では、BLE端末20aのスキャン(又はアドバタイジング)のタイミングとBLE端末20bのアドバタイジング(又はスキャン)のタイミングとを一致させるために、各BLE端末20において実行されるスキャンとアドバタイジングの実行期間(実行時間の長さ)をランダムに変化させる。 When the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b repeatedly execute scanning and advertising at regular time intervals and the lengths of scanning and advertising are fixed, the timing of scanning (or advertising) of the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal There may be a case where the timing of the advertising (or scan) of 20b does not match and the communication between the two devices cannot be performed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in order to match the timing of scanning (or advertising) of the BLE terminal 20a and the timing of advertising (or scanning) of the BLE terminal 20b, execution of scanning and advertising performed in each BLE terminal 20. Randomly change the period (length of execution time).

図9は、BLE端末20において実行されるスキャンとアドバタイジングの実行期間が変化する様子を示す図である。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing how the scanning and advertising execution periods executed in the BLE terminal 20 change.

図9では、説明のためにBLE端末20aにおいて実行されるスキャンとアドバタイジングの実行期間を固定し、BLE端末20bにおいて実行されるスキャンとアドバタイジングの実行期間を可変にした場合の例が示されている。 For the sake of explanation, FIG. 9 shows an example in which the scan and advertising execution periods executed in the BLE terminal 20a are fixed, and the scan and advertising execution periods executed in the BLE terminal 20b are variable. ..

図9に示すように、BLE端末20aにおいては、スキャンとアドバタイジングが繰り返し実行され、スキャンの実行期間ST0と、アドバタイジングの実行期間AT0は固定である。また、スキャンもアドバタイジングも行われない休止期間も固定である。これに対して、BLE端末20bでは、スキャンの実行期間、およびアドバタイジングの実行期間はランダムである。例えば、1回目のスキャンの実行期間はST0であり、2回目のスキャンの実行期間はST1(>ST0)、3回目のスキャンの実行期間はST2となる。また、1回目のアドバタイジングの実行期間はAT1であり、2回目のアドバタイジングの実行期間はAT2(>AT1)である。また、図9に示す例では、BLE端末20bにおいて休止期間もランダムである。このように、スキャンの実行期間、アドバタイジングの実行期間、及び、休止期間が変化することにより、BLE端末20aのスキャン(又はアドバタイジング)の実行期間と、BLE端末20bのアドバタイジング(又はスキャン)の実行期間とが重なるようになり、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間で通信が行われる。 As shown in FIG. 9, in the BLE terminal 20a, scanning and advertising are repeatedly executed, and the scanning execution period ST0 and the advertising execution period AT0 are fixed. Also, the pause period during which neither scanning nor advertising is performed is fixed. On the other hand, in the BLE terminal 20b, the scan execution period and the advertising execution period are random. For example, the execution period of the first scan is ST0, the execution period of the second scan is ST1 (>ST0), and the execution period of the third scan is ST2. The execution period of the first advertising is AT1, and the execution period of the second advertising is AT2 (>AT1). In the example shown in FIG. 9, the BLE terminal 20b also has a random idle period. As described above, the scan execution period, the advertising execution period, and the pause period are changed, so that the scan (or advertising) execution period of the BLE terminal 20a and the advertising (or scan) execution period of the BLE terminal 20b are performed. Are overlapped with each other, and communication is performed between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b.

なお、図9では、スキャンの実行期間、アドバタイジングの実行期間、および休止期間をランダムに変化させる例について説明したが、スキャンの実行期間、アドバタイジングの実行期間、および休止期間のうちの少なくとも何れか1つがランダムに変化してもよい。なお、これらの期間は、完全にランダムな乱数によって決定されてもよいし、いわゆる疑似乱数(ある程度の規則性を排除できない乱数)により決定されてもよく、これらの乱数はハードウェア又はソフトウェアによって生成されてもよい。また、スキャンの実行期間、及び、アドバタイジングの実行期間を固定して、スキャンの実行タイミング及び/又はアドバタイジングの実行タイミングを可変にしてもよい。すなわち、スキャンの実行期間(実行時間の長さ)、アドバタイジングの実行期間、休止期間、スキャンの実行タイミング、アドバタイジングの実行タイミングのうちの少なくとも何れかを可変にしてもよい。また、スキャンの実行期間、アドバタイジングの実行期間、および休止期間を一定のパターンで変化させてもよい。また、受信処理又は送信処理の一部として休止期間を設けてもよい。 In FIG. 9, an example in which the scan execution period, the advertising execution period, and the pause period are randomly changed has been described. However, at least any one of the scan execution period, the advertising execution period, and the pause period is set. One may change at random. Note that these periods may be determined by completely random random numbers, or may be determined by so-called pseudo random numbers (random numbers that cannot eliminate a certain degree of regularity), and these random numbers are generated by hardware or software. May be done. Further, the scan execution period and the advertising execution period may be fixed, and the scan execution timing and/or the advertising execution timing may be variable. That is, at least one of the scan execution period (length of execution time), the advertising execution period, the pause period, the scan execution timing, and the advertising execution timing may be variable. Further, the scan execution period, the advertising execution period, and the pause period may be changed in a fixed pattern. Further, a pause period may be provided as part of the reception process or the transmission process.

また、BLE端末間でスキャン及び/又はアドバタイジングに関する情報をやり取りすることで、スキャン及び/又はアドバタイジングの実行期間や実行タイミングが調整されてもよい。図10は、スキャン及び/又はアドバタイジングの実行タイミングを示す情報をBLE端末20が送信することにより、スキャン及び/又はアドバタイジングの実行タイミングを調整する方法について説明するための図である。 Further, the execution period and the execution timing of the scan and/or advertising may be adjusted by exchanging information regarding the scan and/or advertising between the BLE terminals. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a method of adjusting the execution timing of scanning and/or advertising by causing the BLE terminal 20 to transmit information indicating the execution timing of scanning and/or advertising.

図10に示すように、例えば、BLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットには、次に自機がアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンを実行するタイミングを示すタイミング情報が含まれる。このBLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信したBLE端末20bは、当該アドバタイジングパケットに含まれるタイミング情報に基づいて、次に実行するアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンの実行タイミングを調整する。図10に示す例では、BLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信しない場合、BLE端末20bは、1回目のスキャンの後にタイミングT1でアドバタイジングを行うものとする。この場合において、BLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信したことに応じて、BLE端末20bは、タイミングT2で次のアドバタイジングを行う。具体的には、タイミングT0におけるBLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットには、次にBLE端末20aがスキャンを実行するタイミングを示す情報として「T2」が含まれる。また、BLE端末20aは、タイミングT0におけるアドバタイジングパケットに、次に自機がアドバタイジングを実行するタイミングを示す情報として「T3」を含めて送信してもよい。BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aが次に実行するスキャンのタイミングT2に合わせて、アドバタイジングを行う。また、BLE端末20aからの情報に応じて、BLE端末20bは、タイミングT3に合わせてスキャンを行ってもよい。これにより、BLE端末20aのスキャンの実行タイミングとBLE端末20bのアドバタイジングの実行タイミングとを一致させることができ、BLE端末20bからBLE端末20aにデータを送信することができる。BLE端末20bから送信されるアドバタイジングパケットにも、次のアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンの実行タイミングを示すタイミング情報が含まれる。なお、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信したことに応じて、BLE端末20bに対してスキャン要求を送信し、当該スキャン要求に応じてBLE端末20bがスキャン応答を送信する。このスキャン応答に上記タイミング情報が含まれてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 10, for example, the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a includes timing information indicating the timing at which the device itself performs advertising and/or scanning. Upon receiving the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a, the BLE terminal 20b adjusts the execution timing of the advertising and/or scan to be executed next based on the timing information included in the advertising packet. In the example illustrated in FIG. 10, when the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a is not received, the BLE terminal 20b performs advertising at timing T1 after the first scan. In this case, in response to receiving the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a, the BLE terminal 20b performs the next advertising at timing T2. Specifically, the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a at the timing T0 includes "T2" as information indicating the timing at which the BLE terminal 20a next executes the scan. Further, the BLE terminal 20a may transmit the advertising packet at the timing T0 by including "T3" as information indicating the timing at which the own device next performs the advertising. The BLE terminal 20b performs advertising at the timing T2 of the scan that the BLE terminal 20a next executes. Further, the BLE terminal 20b may perform scanning at the timing T3 according to the information from the BLE terminal 20a. As a result, the scan execution timing of the BLE terminal 20a and the advertisement execution timing of the BLE terminal 20b can be matched, and data can be transmitted from the BLE terminal 20b to the BLE terminal 20a. The advertising packet transmitted from the BLE terminal 20b also includes timing information indicating the execution timing of the next advertising and/or scan. The BLE terminal 20b transmits a scan request to the BLE terminal 20b in response to receiving the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a, and the BLE terminal 20b transmits a scan response in response to the scan request. The timing information may be included in the scan response.

このようにして、BLE端末20は、次以降にアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンを実行するタイミングを示す情報を、アドバタイジングパケットに含めて送信する。これにより、BLE端末20同士は、一方の機器がアドバタイジングを実行している間に他方の機器がスキャンを実行するようにアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンの実行タイミングを調整することができる。なお、BLE端末20は、アドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンの実行期間(実行時間の長さ)を示す情報も含めて、アドバタイジングパケットを送信してもよい。BLE端末20は、他の機器から受信したアドバタイジングパケットに基づいて、次以降にアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンを実行するタイミングと、その実行期間(実行時間の長さ)とを調整することができる。 In this way, the BLE terminal 20 includes the information indicating the timing of executing the advertising and/or the scan after the next in the advertising packet and transmits the information. As a result, the BLE terminals 20 can adjust the timing of executing the advertising and/or the scan so that the other device executes the scan while the other device executes the advertising. Note that the BLE terminal 20 may also transmit an advertising packet including information indicating the execution period (length of execution time) of advertising and/or scanning. The BLE terminal 20 can adjust the timing of executing the advertising and/or the scan thereafter and the execution period (length of the execution time) based on the advertising packet received from another device.

以上のように、BLE端末20間でアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンの実行タイミングの調整が行われることで、BLE端末間の通信を効率よく行うことができる。各BLE端末20においてアドバタイジング及びスキャンの実行タイミングや実行時間がランダムに決定される場合は、一方のアドバタイジングの実行期間と他方のスキャンの実行期間とが偶然に重ならなければ2つの機器は互いに通信をすることができない。しかしながら、図10に示した例では、一方のアドバタイジングの実行期間と他方のスキャンの実行期間とが重なるように、各BLE端末20がアドバタイジング及びスキャンのタイミングを調整するため、効率よく2つの機器間で通信を行うことができる。 As described above, the advertisement and/or the scan execution timing is adjusted between the BLE terminals 20, so that the communication between the BLE terminals can be efficiently performed. When the execution timing and the execution time of the advertising and the scan are randomly determined in each BLE terminal 20, the two devices communicate with each other unless the execution period of one advertising and the execution period of the other scan coincide with each other. Can't do. However, in the example shown in FIG. 10, since each BLE terminal 20 adjusts the timing of advertising and scanning so that the execution period of one advertising and the scan execution period of the other overlap, the efficiency between two devices is increased. You can communicate with.

次に、BLE端末20同士の通信を行うための、携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の接続(親子間接続)の調整について説明する。 Next, adjustment of the connection (parent-child connection) between the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 for communicating between the BLE terminals 20 will be described.

図11は、携帯端末10(セントラル)とBLE端末20(ペリフェラル)との間の接続の調整が行われる様子を示す図である。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing how the connection between the mobile terminal 10 (central) and the BLE terminal 20 (peripheral) is adjusted.

携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとは接続された状態であり、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとは接続された状態である。携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続AのコネクションインターバルCIaは、例えば500m秒であり、スレーブレイテンシーSLaは例えば「4」である。携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の接続BのコネクションインターバルCIbは、例えば500m秒であり、スレーブレイテンシーSLbは例えば「5」である。 The mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are in a connected state, and the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are in a connected state. The connection interval CIa of the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is, for example, 500 msec, and the slave latency SLa is, for example, “4”. The connection interval CIb of the connection B between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b is, for example, 500 msec, and the slave latency SLb is, for example, “5”.

図11に示すように、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとはアドバタイジングとスキャンとを繰り返し実行することで、互いに通信を行う。ここで、BLE端末20aがタイミングTa1における接続Aのコネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10aに対して応答を返さなければ、コネクションイベントを無視した回数が、携帯端末10aとの接続AにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLaを超えてしまう。このため、BLE端末20aは、タイミングTa1において携帯端末10aと通信を行う。BLE端末20aは携帯端末10aと通信を行っている間は、アドバタイジングもスキャンも行わない。また、BLE端末20bも、コネクションイベントを無視した回数が携帯端末10bとの間の接続BにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLbを越えないように、タイミングTb1においては携帯端末10bと通信を行う一方で、アドバタイジングもスキャンも行わない。 As shown in FIG. 11, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b communicate with each other by repeatedly executing advertising and scanning. Here, unless the BLE terminal 20a returns a response to the mobile terminal 10a in the connection event of the connection A at the timing Ta1, the number of times the connection event is ignored exceeds the slave latency SLa in the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a. End up. Therefore, the BLE terminal 20a communicates with the mobile terminal 10a at the timing Ta1. The BLE terminal 20a does not advertise or scan while communicating with the mobile terminal 10a. Also, the BLE terminal 20b also communicates with the mobile terminal 10b at timing Tb1 so that the number of times the connection event is ignored does not exceed the slave latency SLb in the connection B with the mobile terminal 10b. Also does not.

このように、BLE端末20(ペリフェラル)は、携帯端末10(セントラル)との通信を優先して行う。これにより、BLE端末20は、少なくともスレーブレイテンシーの範囲内で携帯端末10と通信を行うことができる。しかしながら、BLE端末20間の通信の効率は悪くなる。そこで本実施形態では、スレーブレイテンシーの範囲内で携帯端末10とBLE端末20との通信を行いつつ、BLE端末20間の通信の効率を上げるために、携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の通信のタイミングが調整される。具体的には、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の通信のタイミングTa(BLE端末20aが携帯端末10aに応答パケットを返すタイミング)と、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の通信のタイミングTb(BLE端末20bが携帯端末10bに応答パケットを返すタイミング)とが近くなるように、これらの通信のタイミングが調整される。 In this way, the BLE terminal 20 (peripheral) preferentially performs communication with the mobile terminal 10 (central). As a result, the BLE terminal 20 can communicate with the mobile terminal 10 at least within the range of the slave latency. However, the efficiency of communication between the BLE terminals 20 becomes poor. Therefore, in this embodiment, in order to improve the efficiency of communication between the BLE terminals 20 while communicating between the mobile terminals 10 and the BLE terminals 20 within the range of the slave latency, the communication between the mobile terminals 10 and the BLE terminals 20 is increased. The communication timing is adjusted. Specifically, the communication timing Ta between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a (the timing when the BLE terminal 20a returns a response packet to the mobile terminal 10a) and the communication between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b. The timing of these communications is adjusted so as to be close to the timing Tb (the timing at which the BLE terminal 20b returns the response packet to the mobile terminal 10b).

例えば、BLE端末20aは、コネクションインターバルCIaと、コネクションイベントを無視した回数と、スレーブレイテンシーSLaとに基づいて、次に携帯端末10aに応答パケットを送信するタイミングTa2を計算することができる。BLE端末20aは、次に携帯端末10aと通信を行うタイミングTa2を示す情報を、アドバタイジングパケットに含めて送信する。当該アドバタイジングパケットをBLE端末20bが受信すると、BLE端末20bは、タイミングTa2と近いタイミングTb2において、携帯端末10bと通信を行う(携帯端末10bに応答パケットを送信する)。ここで、BLE端末20bは、タイミングTb2において携帯端末10bと通信を行わなかったとしても、コネクションイベントを無視する回数がスレーブレイテンシーSLbの範囲内であるため、タイミングTb2において携帯端末10bと通信を行わなくてもよい。しかしながら、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aから受信したタイミングTa2を示す情報に基づいて、タイミングTb2においてBLE端末20aとの通信のためのスキャン及びアドバタイジングを行わず、携帯端末10bと通信を行う。 For example, the BLE terminal 20a can calculate the timing Ta2 at which a response packet is next transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a based on the connection interval CIa, the number of times the connection event is ignored, and the slave latency SLa. The BLE terminal 20a transmits the information indicating the timing Ta2 at which communication with the mobile terminal 10a is next included in the advertising packet. When the BLE terminal 20b receives the advertising packet, the BLE terminal 20b communicates with the mobile terminal 10b (transmits a response packet to the mobile terminal 10b) at a timing Tb2 close to the timing Ta2. Here, even if the BLE terminal 20b does not communicate with the mobile terminal 10b at the timing Tb2, the number of times of ignoring the connection event is within the range of the slave latency SLb, so the BLE terminal 20b communicates with the mobile terminal 10b at the timing Tb2. You don't have to. However, the BLE terminal 20b communicates with the mobile terminal 10b without performing scanning and advertising for communication with the BLE terminal 20a at timing Tb2 based on the information indicating the timing Ta2 received from the BLE terminal 20a.

このように、携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の通信のタイミングが調整される。 In this way, the timing of communication between the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 is adjusted.

図12は、図11の後の状態を示す図であり、携帯端末10(セントラル)とBLE端末20(ペリフェラル)との間の接続の調整が行われた後の各機器間の通信の一例を示す図である。図11で示したような調整が行われた後は、図12に示すように、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の通信のタイミング(Ta3〜Ta5)と、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の通信のタイミング(Tb3〜Tb5)とが近くなる。図12に示す例では、BLE端末2bは、スレーブレイテンシーSLbが到来する前に、携帯端末10bと通信を行う。これにより、BLE端末20は、携帯端末10に対してスレーブレイテンシーの範囲内で応答パケットを返すことによって携帯端末10との接続が解除されるリスクを回避しつつ、BLE端末20同士で効率よく通信を行うことができる。 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a state after FIG. 11, and an example of communication between the respective devices after the connection between the mobile terminal 10 (central) and the BLE terminal 20 (peripheral) is adjusted. FIG. After the adjustment as shown in FIG. 11 is performed, as shown in FIG. 12, the timing of communication (Ta3 to Ta5) between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a, and the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b. The communication timing (Tb3 to Tb5) between and becomes closer. In the example illustrated in FIG. 12, the BLE terminal 2b communicates with the mobile terminal 10b before the slave latency SLb arrives. As a result, the BLE terminals 20 efficiently communicate with each other while avoiding the risk of disconnecting the connection with the mobile terminal 10 by returning a response packet to the mobile terminal 10 within the slave latency range. It can be performed.

次に、BLE端末20同士が接続を確立して、接続状態で通信を行う場合について説明する。図13は、携帯端末10とBLE端末20とが接続された状態において、BLE端末20同士が接続を確立する様子の一例を示す図である。 Next, a case will be described in which the BLE terminals 20 establish a connection and perform communication in a connected state. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a state in which the BLE terminals 20 establish a connection with each other while the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 are connected.

図13に示すように、図11と同様、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとは接続された状態であり、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとは接続された状態である。この状態において、BLE端末20a及びBLE端末20bは、図8に示すようなスキャンとアドバタイジングとを繰り返し実行する。上述のように、繰り返し行われるスキャン及びアドバタイジングの実行期間はランダムに変化する(図9参照)。図13に示すように、例えば、BLE端末20aがスキャンを実行している間に、BLE端末20bは、接続可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケット(「ADV_IND」)を不特定の機器にブロードキャストする。BLE端末20aは、当該アドバタイジングパケットを受信する。すると、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bに対してコネクション要求を送信する。そして、BLE端末20aをセントラル(マスター)とし、BLE端末20bをペリフェラル(スレーブ)としてBLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続C(子同士の接続)が確立される。子同士の接続においては、BLE端末20a及びBLE端末20bの両方がセントラルになりうるが、スキャナ(イニシエータ)がセントラルになるため、図13の例では、BLE端末20aが、BLE端末20bとの接続Cにおいてはセントラルとなる。 As shown in FIG. 13, similarly to FIG. 11, the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are in the connected state, and the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are in the connected state. In this state, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b repeatedly execute scanning and advertising as shown in FIG. As described above, the execution period of the repeated scanning and advertising changes randomly (see FIG. 9). As shown in FIG. 13, for example, while the BLE terminal 20a is executing a scan, the BLE terminal 20b broadcasts an advertising packet (“ADV_IND”) indicating that connection is possible to unspecified devices. The BLE terminal 20a receives the advertising packet. Then, the BLE terminal 20a transmits a connection request to the BLE terminal 20b. Then, the connection C (connection between children) between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b is established by using the BLE terminal 20a as a central (master) and the BLE terminal 20b as a peripheral (slave). In connection between the children, both the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b can be centralized, but since the scanner (initiator) is centralized, in the example of FIG. 13, the BLE terminal 20a is connected to the BLE terminal 20b. In C, it becomes the central.

BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cが確立される際には、上述と同様に、コネクションインターバルCIcやスレーブレイテンシーSLcが決定される。例えば、スレーブレイテンシーSLcとして、「4」が決定される。BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続CにおけるコネクションインターバルCIcは、親子間接続のコネクションインターバルCIa(又はCIb)に応じて決定されてもよい。 When the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b is established, the connection interval CIc and the slave latency SLc are determined as described above. For example, “4” is determined as the slave latency SLc. The connection interval CIc in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b may be determined according to the connection interval CIa (or CIb) of the parent-child connection.

例えば、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続AにおけるコネクションインターバルCIaよりも小さな値(例えば、250m秒)を、CIcとして設定してもよい。CIcがCIaよりも短くなるように設定されることにより、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を頻繁に行うことができ、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間でより多くの情報をやり取りすることができる。逆に、BLE端末20aは、CIaよりも大きな値(例えば、1秒)をCIcとして設定してもよい。この場合は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の通信をより優先して行うことができる。 For example, the BLE terminal 20a may set a value smaller than the connection interval CIa in the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a (for example, 250 msec) as the CIc. By setting the CIc to be shorter than the CIa, communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b can be frequently performed, and more information can be obtained between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. Can be exchanged. Conversely, the BLE terminal 20a may set a value larger than CIa (for example, 1 second) as the CIc. In this case, the communication between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a can be performed with higher priority.

また、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続CにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLcは、親子間接続におけるSLa(又はSLb)に応じて決定されてもよい。例えば、BLE端末20aは、SLaよりも大きな値をSLcとして決定してもよい。逆に、BLE端末20aは、SLaよりも小さな値をSLcとして決定してもよい。また、BLE端末20aは、接続AにおけるCIa及びSLaに基づいて、CIc及び/又はSLcを設定してもよい。また、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとの接続における通信の状況(上記CIa、SLa、携帯端末10aとの間の接続Aにおける通信量、携帯端末10aとの間の接続Aにおける電波の状態等)に応じて、CIc及び/又はSLcを決定してもよい。 Further, the slave latency SLc in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b may be determined according to SLa (or SLb) in the parent-child connection. For example, the BLE terminal 20a may determine a value larger than SLa as SLc. Conversely, the BLE terminal 20a may determine a value smaller than SLa as SLc. Further, the BLE terminal 20a may set CIc and/or SLc based on CIa and SLa in the connection A. Further, the BLE terminal 20a is in a state of communication in connection with the mobile terminal 10a (the above CIa, SLa, the amount of communication in the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a, the state of radio waves in the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a, etc.). ), CIc and/or SLc may be determined.

図14は、図13の後の状態を示す図であり、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態における通信の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a state after FIG. 13, and is a diagram illustrating an example of communication in a state in which the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected.

図14に示すように、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態では、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントが繰り返し発生し、2つの機器間でデータの送受信が行われる。ここで、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の通信が行われる間は、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限する。すなわち、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとの接続Aにおけるコネクションイベントが発生するタイミングにおいては、携帯端末10aとの通信を優先的に行い、BLE端末20bとの通信を行わない。同様に、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の通信が行われる間は、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aとの間の通信を制限する。すなわち、BLE端末20は、親子間の通信を子同士の通信よりも優先して行う。BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信が制限される期間は、スレーブレイテンシーSLcの範囲内の期間である。このように、スレーブレイテンシーSLcの範囲内でBLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限することで、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続A、及び、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Bが解除されるリスクを回避しつつ、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cが解除されるリスクを回避することができる。 As shown in FIG. 14, in a state where the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected, a connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b repeatedly occurs, and data is transmitted and received between the two devices. Done. Here, while the communication between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is performed, the BLE terminal 20a restricts the communication with the BLE terminal 20b. That is, the BLE terminal 20a preferentially communicates with the mobile terminal 10a and does not communicate with the BLE terminal 20b at the timing when a connection event occurs in the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a. Similarly, while communication is performed between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b, the BLE terminal 20b restricts communication with the BLE terminal 20a. That is, the BLE terminal 20 prioritizes communication between parents and children over communication between children. The period during which the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b is restricted is a period within the range of the slave latency SLc. In this way, by limiting the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b within the range of the slave latency SLc, the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a, and the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE. It is possible to avoid the risk of disconnecting the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b while avoiding the risk of disconnecting the connection B with the terminal 20b.

図15は、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限する方法の具体例を示す図である。 FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a specific example of a method for restricting communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b.

図15に示すように、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aと通信を行うタイミングTaよりも前のタイミングTc1におけるコネクションイベントにおいて、コネクションインターバルを、現在のCIcよりも長いCIc2に変更する。BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおいては、BLE端末20aがセントラルであるため、BLE端末20aは、自由にコネクションインターバルCIcを変更することができる。コネクションインターバルがCIcからCIc2に変更されると、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおける次のコネクションイベントは、携帯端末10aとの通信(タイミングTaにおける通信)が行われた後に発生することになる。このため、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の通信が行われる間は、BLE端末20aはBLE端末20bと通信を行わないようにすることができる。このように、BLE端末20aは、親である携帯端末10aとの間の接続Aにおけるコネクションイベントのタイミングが、BLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントのタイミングと被らないように(例えば、携帯端末10aとの間の接続Aにおけるコネクションイベントを優先させるために)、現在のコネクションインターバルを任意に変更することができる。 As illustrated in FIG. 15, the BLE terminal 20a changes the connection interval to CIc2, which is longer than the current CIc, in the connection event at the timing Tc1 prior to the timing Ta at which the communication with the mobile terminal 10a is performed. In the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b, the BLE terminal 20a is central, so the BLE terminal 20a can freely change the connection interval CIc. When the connection interval is changed from CIc to CIc2, the next connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b occurs after communication with the mobile terminal 10a (communication at timing Ta) is performed. Will be done. Therefore, the BLE terminal 20a can be prevented from communicating with the BLE terminal 20b while the communication between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is performed. As described above, the BLE terminal 20a does not overlap the timing of the connection event in the connection A with the parent mobile terminal 10a with the timing of the connection event in the connection C with the BLE terminal 20b (for example, , To prioritize the connection event in the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a), the current connection interval can be arbitrarily changed.

また、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の通信が行われる場合には、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aとの通信を行わず、携帯端末10bと通信を優先して行う。図15に示す例では、BLE端末20bは、携帯端末10bと通信を行うために、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントを1回だけスキップしている。BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続CにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLcは「4」であるため、BLE端末20bは、1回のコネクションイベントをスキップすることができる。BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおける次のコネクションイベント(タイミングTc2)では、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bに対して、コネクションインターバルをCIc2からCIcに戻す旨を通知する。 When communication is performed between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b, the BLE terminal 20b does not communicate with the BLE terminal 20a but preferentially communicates with the mobile terminal 10b. In the example shown in FIG. 15, the BLE terminal 20b skips the connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b only once in order to communicate with the mobile terminal 10b. Since the slave latency SLc in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b is "4", the BLE terminal 20b can skip one connection event. At the next connection event (timing Tc2) in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b, the BLE terminal 20a notifies the BLE terminal 20b that the connection interval will be changed from CIc2 to CIc.

なお、BLE端末20bは、接続CにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLcを変更することができる。例えば、BLE端末20bは、現在のスレーブレイテンシーSLcよりも長い期間BLE端末20aとの通信を行わないようにする必要があると判断した場合には、接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントにおいて、スレーブレイテンシーSLcの変更の要求をBLE端末20aに送信する。例えば、BLE端末20bが携帯端末10bに対して大量のデータを送信する必要がある場合には、BLE端末20bは、SLcを現在よりも長くするようにスレーブレイテンシーの変更要求をBLE端末20aに送信する。また、BLE端末20bは、CIcを現在よりも長くするように、コネクションインターバルの変更要求をBLE端末20aに送信してもよい。 The BLE terminal 20b can change the slave latency SLc in the connection C. For example, if the BLE terminal 20b determines that communication with the BLE terminal 20a should not be performed for a period longer than the current slave latency SLc, the slave latency SLc is changed in the connection event of the connection C. Is transmitted to the BLE terminal 20a. For example, when the BLE terminal 20b needs to send a large amount of data to the mobile terminal 10b, the BLE terminal 20b sends a slave latency change request to the BLE terminal 20a so as to make SLc longer than the current one. To do. Further, the BLE terminal 20b may transmit a connection interval change request to the BLE terminal 20a so that the CIc may be made longer than the present time.

このように、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続CにおけるコネクションインターバルCIcやスレーブレイテンシーSLcを変更することで、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限することができる。これにより、BLE端末20同士の通信よりも携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の通信を優先することができ、スレーブレイテンシーの範囲内で親子間の通信を行うことができる。例えば、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとの接続を維持することが困難な場合は、BLE端末20bとの接続を解除してもよい。すなわち、親子間の接続を維持することが困難な場合は、子同士の接続が解除されてもよい。親子間の接続を維持することが困難かどうかの判断は、例えば、親子間の接続におけるスレーブレイテンシー、親子間の接続における電波の強度、エラー率等に基づいて行われてもよい。例えば、BLE端末20は、携帯端末10との接続におけるコネクションイベントを無視した回数がスレーブレイテンシーSLを超える場合、親子間の接続を維持することが困難(親子間の接続が解除されるリスクが高い)と判断してもよいし、コネクションイベントを無視した回数が「SL+所定数」を超える場合、親子間の接続を維持することが困難と判断してもよい。また、親子間で大量のデータを短時間で交換する必要がある場合には、BLE端末20は、CIcやSLcを変更することで子同士の通信を行わないようにしてもよい。例えば、携帯端末10aにおいて、所定のアプリケーション(例えばゲームアプリケーション)が行われ、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20bとの間で頻繁に通信を行う必要がある場合には、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとの通信を優先して行ってもよい(BLE端末20bとの通信を行わないようにしてもよい)。 In this way, by changing the connection interval CIc and the slave latency SLc in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b, the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b can be restricted. Thereby, the communication between the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 can be prioritized over the communication between the BLE terminals 20, and the communication between the parent and child can be performed within the range of the slave latency. For example, the BLE terminal 20a may release the connection with the BLE terminal 20b when it is difficult to maintain the connection with the mobile terminal 10a. That is, if it is difficult to maintain the connection between the parent and child, the connection between the children may be released. The determination as to whether or not it is difficult to maintain the connection between the parent and child may be made based on, for example, the slave latency in the connection between the parent and child, the radio wave intensity in the connection between the parent and child, and the error rate. For example, when the number of times the connection event with the mobile terminal 10 is ignored in the BLE terminal 20 exceeds the slave latency SL, it is difficult to maintain the connection between the parent and child (the risk of disconnection between the parent and child is high. ), or if the number of times the connection event is ignored exceeds “SL+predetermined number”, it may be determined that it is difficult to maintain the connection between the parent and child. Further, when it is necessary to exchange a large amount of data between the parent and child in a short time, the BLE terminal 20 may change the CIc or SLc so that the children do not communicate with each other. For example, when a predetermined application (for example, a game application) is performed on the mobile terminal 10a and frequent communication needs to be performed between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20b, the BLE terminal 20a changes the mobile terminal 10a. May be preferentially performed (communication with the BLE terminal 20b may not be performed).

図16は、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続される場合において携帯端末10とBLE端末20との間の接続が調整された場合の通信の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of communication when the connection between the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 is adjusted when the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected.

図16に示すように、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態であり、コネクションインターバルCIc毎に子同士の接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントが発生する。また、図12において説明したように、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの通信のタイミング(Ta3〜Ta5)と、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの通信のタイミング(Tb3〜Tb5)とが調整されて、これら2つの通信のタイミングがほぼ一致した状態となっている。この場合において、BLE端末20a(20b)は、携帯端末10a(10b)との通信を行うタイミングを含む所定期間は、子同士の通信を制限する。BLE端末20aが携帯端末10aと通信を行うタイミング(Ta3〜Ta5)と、BLE端末20bが携帯端末10bと通信を行うタイミング(Tb3〜Tb5)とがほぼ一致するため、子同士はほぼ同じタイミングで子同士の通信を制限することになる。このような調整が行われることで、BLE端末20は携帯端末10との接続が解除されるリスクを回避しつつ、BLE端末20間で効率よく通信を行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 16, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected to each other, and a connection event occurs in the child connection C at each connection interval CIc. Further, as described in FIG. 12, the communication timing (Ta3 to Ta5) between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a and the communication timing (Tb3 to Tb5) between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are adjusted. As a result, the timings of these two communications are almost the same. In this case, the BLE terminal 20a (20b) restricts the communication between the children for a predetermined period including the timing of communicating with the mobile terminal 10a (10b). Since the timing (Ta3 to Ta5) at which the BLE terminal 20a communicates with the mobile terminal 10a and the timing (Tb3 to Tb5) at which the BLE terminal 20b communicates with the mobile terminal 10b are substantially the same, the children are at substantially the same timing. Communication between children will be restricted. By performing such adjustment, the BLE terminal 20 can efficiently perform communication between the BLE terminals 20 while avoiding the risk of disconnection with the mobile terminal 10.

[各機器の処理の詳細]
(携帯端末10の処理)
次に、携帯端末10およびBLE端末20において行われる処理の詳細について説明する。図17は、携帯端末10において行われる処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。図18は、図17のステップS108の詳細フローチャートである。携帯端末10は、図17及び図18に示す処理を実行するためのプロセッサを備えており、当該プロセッサはBLE通信モジュールとして実装されている。なお、以下では携帯端末10のBLE通信モジュール(プロセッサ)が図17及び図18に示す処理を実行するものとして説明するが、図17及び図18に示す処理の一部又は全部は、携帯端末10のCPU又は他のプロセッサが通信プログラムを実行することによって行われてもよい。
[Details of processing of each device]
(Processing of mobile terminal 10)
Next, details of the processing performed in the mobile terminal 10 and the BLE terminal 20 will be described. FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of processing performed by the mobile terminal 10. FIG. 18 is a detailed flowchart of step S108 of FIG. The mobile terminal 10 includes a processor for executing the processing illustrated in FIGS. 17 and 18, and the processor is implemented as a BLE communication module. In the following description, it is assumed that the BLE communication module (processor) of the mobile terminal 10 executes the processing shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, but some or all of the processing shown in FIGS. CPU or other processor may execute the communication program.

以下では、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間で接続が確立される場合について説明するが、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の接続においても同様の流れである。 The case where the connection is established between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a will be described below, but the same flow applies to the connection between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b.

図17に示すように、携帯端末10a(のBLE通信モジュール)は、まず、スキャンを実行するタイミングか否かを判定する(ステップS100)。スキャンを実行するタイミングと判定した場合(ステップS100:YES)、携帯端末10aは、スキャンを実行する(ステップS101)。具体的には、携帯端末10aは、3つのチャネル37〜39を切り替えながらスキャンを実行する。携帯端末10aは、一定の時間間隔でスキャンを実行してもよいし、スキャンを実行するタイミング、スキャンを実行する時間の長さをランダムに決定してもよい。スキャンを実行するタイミングでないと判定した場合(ステップS100:NO)、携帯端末10aは、再びステップS100の処理を行う。 As shown in FIG. 17, the mobile terminal 10a (the BLE communication module thereof) first determines whether or not it is time to execute a scan (step S100). When it is determined that it is time to execute the scan (step S100: YES), the mobile terminal 10a executes the scan (step S101). Specifically, the mobile terminal 10a executes the scan while switching the three channels 37 to 39. The mobile terminal 10a may execute the scan at regular time intervals, or may randomly determine the timing of executing the scan and the length of time for executing the scan. When it is determined that it is not the time to execute the scan (step S100: NO), the mobile terminal 10a performs the process of step S100 again.

ステップS101に続いて、携帯端末10aは、アドバタイザ(BLE端末20a)からアドバタイジングパケットを受信したか否かを判定する(ステップS102)。アドバタイジングパケットを受信しなかった場合(ステップS102:NO)、携帯端末10aは、ステップS100の処理を再び実行する。 Subsequent to step S101, the mobile terminal 10a determines whether or not an advertising packet has been received from the advertiser (BLE terminal 20a) (step S102). When the advertising packet is not received (step S102: NO), the mobile terminal 10a executes the process of step S100 again.

ステップS102においてアドバタイザからアドバタイジングパケットを受信したと判定した場合、携帯端末10aは、受信したアドバタイジングパケットに基づいて、接続可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットか否かを判定する(ステップS103)。具体的には、ステップS103においては、携帯端末10aは、受信したアドバタイジングパケットが、「ADV_IND」又は「ADV_DIRECT_IND」か否かを判定する。 When it is determined in step S102 that the advertising packet has been received from the advertiser, the mobile terminal 10a determines, based on the received advertising packet, whether or not the advertising packet indicates that connection is possible (step S103). Specifically, in step S103, the mobile terminal 10a determines whether the received advertising packet is "ADV_IND" or "ADV_DIRECT_IND".

接続可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットと判定しなかった場合(ステップS103:NO)、携帯端末10aは、アドバタイジングパケットに含まれるデータを取得する(ステップS104)。具体的には、携帯端末10aは、アドバタイジングパケットのタイプが「ADV_NONCONN_IND」である場合、アドバタイジングパケットに含まれるデータを取得する。 When it is not determined that the advertising packet indicates that the connection is possible (step S103: NO), the mobile terminal 10a acquires the data included in the advertising packet (step S104). Specifically, when the type of the advertising packet is "ADV_NONCONN_IND", the mobile terminal 10a acquires the data included in the advertising packet.

接続可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケットと判定した場合(ステップS103:YES)、携帯端末10aは、アドバタイジングパケットを送信したBLE端末20aにコネクション要求を送信する(ステップS105)。このコネクション要求には、携帯端末10aのアドレス、BLE端末20aのアドレス、アクセスアドレス、コネクションインターバルCIa、スレーブレイテンシーSLa、ホップ数、接続監視タイムアウト等の情報が含まれる。上述のようにアクセスアドレスは、接続を識別するためのものであり、接続毎に携帯端末10aがランダムに決定する。なお、受信したアドバタイジングパケットのタイプが「ADV_SCAN_IND」である場合、携帯端末10aは、当該アドバタイジングパケットを送信したアドバタイザに対して、スキャン要求を送信する。携帯端末10aは、スキャン要求に対するスキャン応答を受信した場合、ステップS105においてコネクション要求を送信する。 When it is determined that the advertising packet indicates that connection is possible (step S103: YES), the mobile terminal 10a transmits a connection request to the BLE terminal 20a that has transmitted the advertising packet (step S105). This connection request includes information such as the address of the mobile terminal 10a, the address of the BLE terminal 20a, the access address, the connection interval CIa, the slave latency SLa, the number of hops, and the connection monitoring timeout. As described above, the access address is for identifying the connection and is randomly determined by the mobile terminal 10a for each connection. When the type of the received advertising packet is “ADV_SCAN_IND”, the mobile terminal 10a sends a scan request to the advertiser that sent the advertising packet. When the mobile terminal 10a receives the scan response to the scan request, the mobile terminal 10a transmits a connection request in step S105.

コネクション要求を送信した後、携帯端末10aは、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aとの接続Aを確立する(ステップS106)。 After transmitting the connection request, the mobile terminal 10a establishes the connection A with the BLE terminal 20a (step S106).

ステップS106の後、携帯端末10aは、接続中処理を行う(ステップS107)。このステップS107の処理は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続Aにおける通信を行うための処理であり、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとが接続状態を維持している間、繰り返し実行される。以下、図18を参照して、携帯端末10aの接続中処理の詳細について説明する。 After step S106, the mobile terminal 10a performs a process during connection (step S107). The process of step S107 is a process for performing communication in the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a, and is repeatedly executed while the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a maintain the connection state. .. Hereinafter, the details of the process during connection of the mobile terminal 10a will be described with reference to FIG.

図18に示すように、携帯端末10aは、時間カウンタを加算する(ステップS110)。具体的には、携帯端末10aは、一定の時間間隔でステップS110の処理を実行し、ステップS110の処理を実行する毎に時間カウンタを1ずつ増加させる。携帯端末10aは、時間カウンタの値に基づいて、前回のコネクションイベントを実行してからコネクションインターバルCIaが経過したか否かを判定する(ステップS111)。 As shown in FIG. 18, the mobile terminal 10a increments the time counter (step S110). Specifically, the mobile terminal 10a executes the process of step S110 at regular time intervals, and increments the time counter by one each time the process of step S110 is executed. The mobile terminal 10a determines, based on the value of the time counter, whether or not the connection interval CIa has elapsed since the last connection event was executed (step S111).

前回のコネクションイベントからコネクションインターバルCIaが経過したと判定した場合(ステップS111:YES)、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aとの接続Aにおけるコネクションイベントに係る処理(ステップS112〜S120)を実行する。具体的には、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aに送信すべき送信データがあるか否かを判定する(ステップS112)。例えば、アプリケーションからの要請によって携帯端末10aが、アプリケーションデータをBLE端末20aから取得する必要がある場合は、ステップS112においてYESと判定される。また、携帯端末10aがアプリケーションデータをBLE端末20aに送信する必要がある場合は、ステップS112においてYESと判定される。 When it is determined that the connection interval CIa has elapsed since the last connection event (step S111: YES), the mobile terminal 10a executes the process (steps S112 to S120) related to the connection event in the connection A with the BLE terminal 20a. Specifically, the mobile terminal 10a determines whether or not there is transmission data to be transmitted to the BLE terminal 20a (step S112). For example, if the mobile terminal 10a needs to acquire the application data from the BLE terminal 20a in response to a request from the application, YES is determined in step S112. When the mobile terminal 10a needs to send the application data to the BLE terminal 20a, YES is determined in step S112.

ステップS112においてYESと判定した場合、携帯端末10aは、パケットに当該送信データを含める(ステップS113)。例えば、BLE端末20aからアプリケーションデータを取得する場合には、携帯端末10aは、送信データとして、BLE端末20aからデータを取得するための取得要求をパケットに含める。 When determining YES in step S112, the mobile terminal 10a includes the transmission data in the packet (step S113). For example, when the application data is acquired from the BLE terminal 20a, the mobile terminal 10a includes an acquisition request for acquiring data from the BLE terminal 20a in the packet as transmission data.

ステップS113の処理を実行した場合、又は、ステップS112でNOと判定した場合、携帯端末10aは、パケットをBLE端末20aに送信する(ステップS114)。具体的には、携帯端末10aは、データチャネル0〜36のうちの何れかを用いてデータパケットをBLE端末20aに送信する。ステップS113の処理が実行された場合には、パケットのペイロードにはアプリケーションデータが含まれ、ステップS113の処理が実行されなかった場合には、ペイロードにはデータは含まれない。なお、このデータパケットには、接続が確立される際にランダムに決定されたアクセスアドレスが含まれる。このアクセスアドレスに基づいてBLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aからのデータパケットを受信することができる。また、携帯端末10aが、コネクションインターバルCIaを変更する場合には、新たなCIaの情報がパケットに含められてBLE端末20aに送信される。 When the process of step S113 is executed or when NO is determined in step S112, the mobile terminal 10a transmits the packet to the BLE terminal 20a (step S114). Specifically, the mobile terminal 10a transmits the data packet to the BLE terminal 20a using any of the data channels 0 to 36. When the process of step S113 is executed, the payload of the packet includes the application data, and when the process of step S113 is not executed, the payload does not include the data. The data packet includes an access address randomly determined when the connection is established. The BLE terminal 20a can receive the data packet from the mobile terminal 10a based on this access address. Further, when the mobile terminal 10a changes the connection interval CIa, the information of the new CIa is included in the packet and transmitted to the BLE terminal 20a.

ステップS114に続いて、携帯端末10aは、接続状態のBLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信したか否かを判定する(ステップS115)。BLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信した場合(ステップS115:YES)、携帯端末10aは、受信したデータの処理を行う(ステップS116)。ここでは、携帯端末10a(のBLE通信モジュール)は、BLE端末20aから上記取得要求に応じたデータを受信した場合、当該データをアプリケーションに渡す。 Subsequent to step S114, the mobile terminal 10a determines whether or not a response packet has been received from the connected BLE terminal 20a (step S115). When the response packet is received from the BLE terminal 20a (step S115: YES), the mobile terminal 10a processes the received data (step S116). Here, when the mobile terminal 10a (the BLE communication module thereof) receives the data corresponding to the acquisition request from the BLE terminal 20a, the data is passed to the application.

ステップS116の処理の後、携帯端末10aは、変数Nに「0」を設定するとともに、変数Tをリセットし(ステップS117)、再びステップS110に戻る。ここで、「N」は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の接続AにおいてBLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信しなかったコネクションイベントの回数を示す。すなわち、「N」は、BLE端末20aがコネクションイベントを無視(スキップ)した回数を示す。また、変数「T」は、携帯端末10aがBLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信してからの経過時間を示す変数である。携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aとの接続を解除するか否かをこの変数「T」を用いて判定する。例えば、「T」は、時間経過に応じて加算されてもよいし、ステップS110の処理が行われる毎に1ずつ加算されてもよい。 After the process of step S116, the mobile terminal 10a sets "0" to the variable N, resets the variable T (step S117), and returns to step S110 again. Here, “N” indicates the number of connection events in which the response packet was not received from the BLE terminal 20a in the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a. That is, “N” indicates the number of times the BLE terminal 20a ignored (skip) the connection event. The variable “T” is a variable indicating the elapsed time after the mobile terminal 10a receives the response packet from the BLE terminal 20a. The mobile terminal 10a uses this variable "T" to determine whether or not to disconnect from the BLE terminal 20a. For example, “T” may be added as time passes, or may be added by 1 every time the process of step S110 is performed.

一方、BLE端末20aから応答パケットを受信しなかった場合(ステップS115:NO)、携帯端末10aは、「N」に1を加算する(ステップS118)。そして、携帯端末10aは、「T」が接続Aにおける接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定する(ステップS119)。Tが接続監視タイムアウト以上と判定した場合には、携帯端末10aは、BLE端末20aとの接続Aを解除する(ステップS120)。一方、Tが接続監視タイムアウト以上と判定しなかった場合には、携帯端末10aは、処理をステップS110に戻す。 On the other hand, when the response packet is not received from the BLE terminal 20a (step S115: NO), the mobile terminal 10a adds 1 to “N” (step S118). Then, the mobile terminal 10a determines whether or not “T” is equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout in the connection A (step S119). When T is determined to be equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout, the mobile terminal 10a releases the connection A with the BLE terminal 20a (step S120). On the other hand, when T is not determined to be the connection monitoring timeout or longer, the mobile terminal 10a returns the process to step S110.

(BLE端末20aの処理)
次に、図19〜図23を参照してBLE端末20において行われる処理の詳細について説明する。図19は、BLE端末20aにおいて行われる処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。ここでは、BLE端末20aが図19〜図22の処理を行い、BLE端末20bが図23の処理を行う場合を想定する。BLE端末20は、図19〜図23に示す処理を実行するためのプロセッサを備えており、当該プロセッサはBLE通信モジュール25として実装されている。以下では、BLE端末20のBLE通信モジュール25(プロセッサ)が図19〜図23に示す処理を実行するものとして説明する。なお、BLE端末20はアプリケーションを実行可能なCPU及び/又は他のプロセッサ(BLE通信モジュール25として実装されているかどうかに関わらない)を備えてもよく、当該CPU及び/又は他のプロセッサが通信プログラムを実行することによって図19〜図23に示す処理の一部又は全部が行われてもよい。
(Processing of BLE terminal 20a)
Next, details of the processing performed in the BLE terminal 20 will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 to 23. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an example of processing performed in the BLE terminal 20a. Here, it is assumed that the BLE terminal 20a performs the processing of FIGS. 19 to 22 and the BLE terminal 20b performs the processing of FIG. The BLE terminal 20 includes a processor for executing the processing shown in FIGS. 19 to 23, and the processor is mounted as the BLE communication module 25. Below, it demonstrates as what the BLE communication module 25 (processor) of the BLE terminal 20 performs the process shown in FIGS. 19-23. The BLE terminal 20 may include a CPU and/or another processor (regardless of whether or not the BLE communication module 25 is implemented) capable of executing an application, and the CPU and/or the other processor is a communication program. By executing the above, some or all of the processing shown in FIGS. 19 to 23 may be performed.

図19に示すように、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングを実行するタイミングか否かを判定する(ステップS200)。アドバタイジングを実行するタイミングでないと判定した場合(ステップS200:NO)、BLE端末20aは、再びステップS200の処理を実行する。 As shown in FIG. 19, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not it is time to execute advertising (step S200). When it is determined that it is not the timing to execute advertising (step S200: NO), the BLE terminal 20a executes the process of step S200 again.

アドバタイジングを実行するタイミングであると判定した場合(ステップS200:YES)、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングを行う(ステップS201)。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、ステップS201において3つのチャネル37〜39を切り替えながらアドバタイジングパケットを送信する。ここでは、BLE端末20aは、自機の周辺に存在する不特定の他の機器と接続をするためのアドバタイジングパケット(上記「ADV_IND」)を送信するものとする。 When it is determined that it is time to execute advertising (step S200: YES), the BLE terminal 20a performs advertising (step S201). Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a transmits the advertising packet while switching the three channels 37 to 39 in step S201. Here, it is assumed that the BLE terminal 20a transmits an advertising packet (“ADV_IND” above) for connecting to an unspecified other device existing around the BLE terminal 20a.

次に、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10a(イニシエータ)から上記ステップS105において送信されたコネクション要求を受信したか否かを判定する(ステップS202)。他の機器からコネクション要求を受信しなかった場合(ステップS202:NO)、BLE端末20aは、ステップS200の処理を再び実行する。 Next, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not the connection request transmitted in step S105 from the mobile terminal 10a (initiator) has been received (step S202). When the connection request is not received from the other device (step S202: NO), the BLE terminal 20a executes the process of step S200 again.

コネクション要求を受信した場合(ステップS202:YES)、BLE端末20aは、コネクション要求に含まれるCI、SL、接続監視タイムアウト、ホップ数、アクセスアドレス等を設定して、接続状態に遷移し、BLE端末20aと携帯端末10aとの間の接続Aが確立される(ステップS203)。接続Aが確立された後、BLE端末20aは、接続中処理を行う(ステップS204)。接続中処理は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続Aが維持されている間、繰り返し実行される。以下、BLE端末20aの接続中処理の詳細について説明する。 When the connection request is received (step S202: YES), the BLE terminal 20a sets the CI, SL, connection monitoring timeout, hop count, access address, etc. included in the connection request, transitions to the connected state, and the BLE terminal The connection A between the mobile terminal 20a and the mobile terminal 10a is established (step S203). After the connection A is established, the BLE terminal 20a performs a connection-in-progress process (step S204). The in-connection process is repeatedly executed while the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is maintained. Hereinafter, details of the process during connection of the BLE terminal 20a will be described.

(BLE端末20の接続中処理)
図20は、ステップS205の接続中処理の詳細フローチャートである。
(Processing during connection of BLE terminal 20)
FIG. 20 is a detailed flowchart of the processing during connection in step S205.

図20に示すように、BLE端末20aは、時間カウンタを加算する(ステップS210)。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、一定の時間間隔でステップS210の処理を実行し、ステップS210の処理を実行する毎に時間カウンタを1ずつ増加させる。BLE端末20aは、時間カウンタの値に基づいて、接続Aにおける前回のコネクションイベントから(携帯端末10aからパケットを受信してから)コネクションインターバルCIaが経過したか否かを判定する(ステップS211)。なお、BLE端末20aは、実際にはステップS211において、前回のコネクションイベントからCIaよりも所定時間(上記時刻の計測誤差を考慮して算出される時間)だけ短い時間が経過したか否かを判定する。 As shown in FIG. 20, the BLE terminal 20a increments the time counter (step S210). Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a executes the process of step S210 at regular time intervals, and increments the time counter by one each time the process of step S210 is executed. The BLE terminal 20a determines, based on the value of the time counter, whether or not the connection interval CIa has elapsed (since the packet was received from the mobile terminal 10a) from the previous connection event in the connection A (step S211). Note that the BLE terminal 20a actually determines in step S211 whether a time shorter than CIa by a predetermined time (a time calculated in consideration of the measurement error at the above time) has elapsed from the previous connection event. To do.

前回のコネクションイベントからコネクションインターバルCIaが経過したと判定した場合(ステップS211:YES)、BLE端末20aは、接続Aにおけるコネクションイベントをスキップするか否かを判定する(ステップS212)。具体的には、「N」がスレーブレイテンシーSLa以上の場合、BLE端末20aは、ステップS212においてNOと判定する。ここで、「N」は、BLE端末20aがコネクションイベントをスキップした回数(連続して携帯端末10aに対して応答パケットを送信しなかったコネクションイベントの回数)を示す。すなわち、BLE端末20aは、連続して携帯端末10aに応答パケットを返さなかった回数NがスレーブレイテンシーSLaに達した場合、今回のコネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10aに応答パケットを返すと判定する。 When it is determined that the connection interval CIa has elapsed from the previous connection event (step S211: YES), the BLE terminal 20a determines whether to skip the connection event in the connection A (step S212). Specifically, when “N” is equal to or greater than the slave latency SLa, the BLE terminal 20a determines NO in step S212. Here, “N” indicates the number of times the BLE terminal 20a skips a connection event (the number of connection events in which no response packet is continuously transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a). That is, the BLE terminal 20a determines to return the response packet to the mobile terminal 10a in the current connection event when the number N of times the response packet has not been returned to the mobile terminal 10a consecutively reaches the slave latency SLa.

また、「N」がスレーブレイテンシーSLa未満である場合でも、BLE端末20aは、ステップS212においてNOと判定することがある。例えば、図11や図16で示した親子間の接続の調整のためにスレーブレイテンシーSLaに到達する前に携帯端末10aに応答を送信する場合は、BLE端末20aは、ステップS212においてNOと判定する。また、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aに送信すべきデータがある場合も、ステップS212においてNOと判定する。なお、ステップS212の処理では、BLE端末20aは、まず、送信すべきデータ(アプリケーションデータや図11等で示した親子間の接続の調整のためのデータ)があるか否かを判定し、その判定結果がNOである場合に、NがSLa以上か否かを判定してもよい。すなわち、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aに送信すべきデータがある場合は、今回のコネクションイベントにおいて携帯端末10aに当該送信すべきデータを含む応答パケットを送信するために、ステップS212においてNOと判定し、携帯端末10aに送信すべきデータがない場合でも、NがSLa以上であれば空の応答パケットを送信するためにステップS212においてNOと判定してもよい。 Further, even if “N” is less than the slave latency SLa, the BLE terminal 20a may determine NO in step S212. For example, in the case of transmitting a response to the mobile terminal 10a before reaching the slave latency SLa for adjusting the connection between the parent and child shown in FIGS. 11 and 16, the BLE terminal 20a determines NO in step S212. .. The BLE terminal 20a also determines NO in step S212 when there is data to be transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a. In the process of step S212, the BLE terminal 20a first determines whether there is data to be transmitted (application data or data for adjusting connection between parent and child shown in FIG. 11 and the like), and When the determination result is NO, it may be determined whether N is SLa or more. That is, when there is data to be transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a, the BLE terminal 20a determines NO in step S212 in order to transmit a response packet including the data to be transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a in the current connection event. However, even if there is no data to be transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a, if N is equal to or greater than SLa, it is possible to determine NO in step S212 in order to transmit an empty response packet.

ステップS212においてNOと判定した場合、BLE端末20aは、データチャネル0〜36のうちの何れかを用いて携帯端末10aからパケットを受信する(ステップS213)。続いて、BLE端末20aは、データチャネル0〜36のうちの何れかを用いて携帯端末10aに応答パケットを送信する(ステップS214)。ステップS214では、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aに送信すべきアプリケーションデータがある場合は当該データを含めてパケットを送信する。 If NO is determined in step S212, the BLE terminal 20a receives the packet from the mobile terminal 10a using any of the data channels 0 to 36 (step S213). Then, the BLE terminal 20a transmits a response packet to the mobile terminal 10a using any of the data channels 0 to 36 (step S214). In step S214, the BLE terminal 20a transmits a packet including the application data to be transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a, including the data.

次に、BLE端末20aは、受信したデータの処理を行う(ステップS215)。ステップS215の処理では、上記携帯端末10aから所定のデータを受信した場合、BLE端末20aのBLE通信モジュールは、当該受信したデータをアプリケーションに渡す。そして、BLE端末20aは、変数Nに「0」を設定し(ステップS216)、再びステップS210に戻る。 Next, the BLE terminal 20a processes the received data (step S215). In the process of step S215, when the predetermined data is received from the mobile terminal 10a, the BLE communication module of the BLE terminal 20a passes the received data to the application. Then, the BLE terminal 20a sets "0" to the variable N (step S216), and returns to step S210 again.

なお、上記ステップS213の処理は、ステップS212の処理の前に行なわれてもよい。すなわち、BLE端末20aは、コネクションイベントのタイミングが到来すると、まず、携帯端末10aからのデータパケットを受信し(ステップS213)、次に、ステップS212において今回のコネクションイベントをスキップするか否かを判定してもよい。例えば、BLE端末20aは、ステップS213において携帯端末10aからデータパケットを受信し、次に、ステップS212の処理を実行する。このステップS212の処理では、上述のように、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aに送信すべきデータ(アプリケーションデータ等)があるか否かの判定と、NがSL以上か否かの判定とを行う。そして、BLE端末20aは、これらの判定結果に基づいて、今回のコネクションイベントをスキップするか否かを判定する。 The process of step S213 may be performed before the process of step S212. That is, when the timing of the connection event arrives, the BLE terminal 20a first receives the data packet from the mobile terminal 10a (step S213), and then determines in step S212 whether to skip this connection event. You may. For example, the BLE terminal 20a receives the data packet from the mobile terminal 10a in step S213, and then executes the process of step S212. In the process of step S212, as described above, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether there is data (application data or the like) to be transmitted to the mobile terminal 10a and whether N is SL or more. To do. Then, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether to skip this connection event based on these determination results.

一方、BLE端末20aは、ステップS212でYESと判定した場合、すなわち、今回のコネクションイベントをスキップすると判定した場合、「N」に1を加算し(ステップS217)、次にステップS218の処理を実行する。 On the other hand, if the BLE terminal 20a determines YES in step S212, that is, determines that the current connection event is skipped, it adds 1 to “N” (step S217) and then executes the process of step S218. To do.

ステップS211でNOと判定した場合、又は、ステップS217を実行した場合、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末間通信処理を行う(ステップS218)。ステップS218のBLE端末間通信処理は、携帯端末10aとの接続Aにおけるコネクションインターバルの間(S211でNO)、又は、接続Aのコネクションイベントをスキップすると判定した場合(S212でYES)、実行される。BLE端末間通信処理は、BLE端末20aが携帯端末10aと接続している状態において、他のBLE端末20bと通信(子同士の通信)を行うための処理である。BLE端末間通信処理は、携帯端末10aからの指示が無くても実行される。なお、BLE端末間通信処理を実行するか否かの設定が、携帯端末10aから命令に基づいて行われてもよい。 When it is determined as NO in step S211 or when step S217 is executed, the BLE terminal 20a performs the inter-BLE terminal communication process (step S218). The communication processing between BLE terminals in step S218 is executed during the connection interval in the connection A with the mobile terminal 10a (NO in S211) or when it is determined to skip the connection event of the connection A (YES in S212). .. The inter-BLE terminal communication process is a process for communicating with another BLE terminal 20b (communication between children) while the BLE terminal 20a is connected to the mobile terminal 10a. The communication processing between BLE terminals is executed even if there is no instruction from the mobile terminal 10a. Note that the setting of whether or not to execute the communication processing between BLE terminals may be performed based on an instruction from the mobile terminal 10a.

なお、BLE端末20aは、図20の処理を実行中に、前回携帯端末10aと通信を行ってからの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定する。例えば、BLE端末20aは、前回携帯端末10aからパケットを受信してからの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定する。あるいは、BLE端末20aは、前回携帯端末10aに対して応答パケットを送信してからの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定してもよい。そして、前回の携帯端末10aとの通信からの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上の場合には、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aとの接続を解除し、接続状態から非接続状態に移行して、図20の処理を終了する。この接続監視タイムアウトは、接続の確立時に携帯端末10aによって決定されて通知される。 Note that the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not the elapsed time from the previous communication with the mobile terminal 10a during the process of FIG. 20 is the connection monitoring timeout or more. For example, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether the elapsed time since the last reception of the packet from the mobile terminal 10a is equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout. Alternatively, the BLE terminal 20a may determine whether or not the elapsed time from the last transmission of the response packet to the mobile terminal 10a is the connection monitoring timeout or more. When the elapsed time from the previous communication with the mobile terminal 10a is equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout, the BLE terminal 20a releases the connection with the mobile terminal 10a and shifts from the connected state to the non-connected state. The process of FIG. 20 is ended. This connection monitoring timeout is determined and notified by the mobile terminal 10a when the connection is established.

以下、ステップS218におけるBLE端末間通信処理の詳細について説明する。 Hereinafter, details of the communication processing between the BLE terminals in step S218 will be described.

(BLE端末通信処理)
図21は、ステップS218のBLE端末間通信処理の詳細フローチャートである。図21においては、BLE端末20aが携帯端末10aと接続している状態において、BLE端末20bと通信する例について説明する。
(BLE terminal communication processing)
FIG. 21 is a detailed flowchart of the communication processing between BLE terminals in step S218. In FIG. 21, an example in which the BLE terminal 20a communicates with the BLE terminal 20b while the BLE terminal 20a is connected to the mobile terminal 10a will be described.

図21に示すように、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングを実行するタイミングか否かを判定する(ステップS231)。例えば、アドバタイジングを実行するタイミングとして、一定のタイミングが設定されてもよいし、図9で示したように、アドバタイジングを実行するタイミングがランダムに決定されてもよい。また、図10で説明したように、他の機器から受信したアドバタイジングパケットに基づいてアドバタイジングを実行するタイミングが決定されてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 21, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not it is time to execute advertising (step S231). For example, a fixed timing may be set as the timing of executing advertising, or the timing of executing advertising may be randomly determined as shown in FIG. 9. Further, as described with reference to FIG. 10, the timing for executing advertising may be determined based on the advertising packet received from another device.

アドバタイジングを実行するタイミングと判定した場合(ステップS231:YES)、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングを行う(ステップS232)。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、ステップS232において、3つのアドバタイジングチャネル37〜39を切り替えながら複数のアドバタイジングパケットを送信する。 When it is determined that it is the timing to execute advertising (step S231: YES), the BLE terminal 20a performs advertising (step S232). Specifically, in step S232, the BLE terminal 20a transmits a plurality of advertising packets while switching the three advertising channels 37 to 39.

例えば、BLE端末20aは、他のBLE端末20bとコネクションを確立せずに通信を行う場合、アドバタイジングパケットのタイプとして「ADV_NONCONN_IND」を設定し、アプリケーションデータを含めてブロードキャストでパケットを送信する。アプリケーションデータのサイズが、1のアドバタイジングパケットが送信可能なデータのサイズを超えている場合、BLE端末20aは、アプリケーションデータを分割して、複数のアドバタイジングパケットに分けて送信する。この場合、BLE端末20aは、分割したそれぞれのデータが、アプリケーションデータにおけるどの位置(何番目)かを示す情報をそれぞれのアドバタイジングパケットに含めて送信する。例えば、アプリケーションデータが75オクテットである場合、BLE端末20aは、アプリケーションデータを3つに分けて、25オクテットずつの分割データにする。これら3つの分割データは、先頭から順に1,2,3番と定義され、この順で送信される。なお、受信側でデータが受信できない可能性を考慮して、3つの分割データは繰り返し(複数回)送信されてもよい。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、1番目の分割データ(アプリケーションデータの先頭から1/3の部分)と、シーケンス番号(1番)とを含む1のアドバタイジングパケットを送信する。次に、BLE端末20は、2番目の分割データ(アプリケーションデータの中央部分)と、シーケンス番号(2番)とを含む1のアドバタイジングパケットを送信する。そして、BLE端末20aは、3番目の分割データ(アプリケーションデータの後から1/3の部分)と、シーケンス番号(3番)とを含む1のアドバタイジングパケットを送信する。これら3つのアドバタイジングパケットをBLE端末20bが受信し、シーケンス番号にしたがって分割データを並べることで、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aから送信されたアプリケーションデータを再構築することができる。なお、BLE端末20aは、スキャン要求が可能であることを示すアドバタイジングパケット(「ADV_SCAN_IND」)を送信してもよい。この場合は、アドバタイジングパケットを受信したBLE端末20bからスキャン要求が送信され、それに応じてBLE端末20aはスキャン応答を送信する。BLE端末20a、このスキャン応答にさらにデータを含めることができる。これにより、BLE端末20aは、1のアドバタイジングパケットを送信したことによって、さらにスキャン応答を送信することができ、より多くのデータをBLE端末20bに送信することができる。 For example, when communicating with another BLE terminal 20b without establishing a connection, the BLE terminal 20a sets "ADV_NONCONN_IND" as the type of the advertising packet and transmits the packet by broadcast including the application data. When the size of the application data exceeds the size of the data that can be transmitted by one advertising packet, the BLE terminal 20a divides the application data into a plurality of advertising packets for transmission. In this case, the BLE terminal 20a includes information indicating which position (number) in the application data the respective divided data is included in each advertising packet and transmitted. For example, when the application data is 75 octets, the BLE terminal 20a divides the application data into three pieces to divide into 25 octets. These three pieces of divided data are defined as Nos. 1, 2, and 3 from the beginning, and are transmitted in this order. Note that the three pieces of divided data may be repeatedly (multiple times) transmitted in consideration of the possibility that the receiving side cannot receive the data. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a transmits one advertising packet including the first divided data (a portion of the application data from the beginning ⅓) and the sequence number (No. 1). Next, the BLE terminal 20 transmits one advertising packet including the second divided data (the central portion of the application data) and the sequence number (No. 2). Then, the BLE terminal 20a transmits one advertising packet including the third divided data (a part of 1/3 after the application data) and the sequence number (third). The BLE terminal 20b receives these three advertising packets and arranges the divided data according to the sequence number, whereby the BLE terminal 20b can reconstruct the application data transmitted from the BLE terminal 20a. Note that the BLE terminal 20a may transmit an advertising packet (“ADV_SCAN_IND”) indicating that a scan request is possible. In this case, a scan request is transmitted from the BLE terminal 20b that has received the advertising packet, and the BLE terminal 20a transmits a scan response accordingly. BLE terminal 20a, additional data may be included in this scan response. Accordingly, the BLE terminal 20a can further transmit the scan response by transmitting the advertising packet of 1, and can transmit more data to the BLE terminal 20b.

また、BLE端末20aは、他のBLE端末20bと接続を確立して通信を行う場合は、ステップS232において、アドバタイジングパケットのタイプとして「ADV_IND」を設定し、アドバタイジングパケットをブロードキャストで送信する。この場合において、スキャンを実行中の他のBLE端末20bがBLE端末20aからのアドバタイジングパケットを受信した場合、BLE端末20bは、コネクション要求をBLE端末20aに送信する。これにより、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間で接続が確立される。 When establishing a connection with another BLE terminal 20b to perform communication, the BLE terminal 20a sets "ADV_IND" as the type of the advertising packet and transmits the advertising packet by broadcast in step S232. In this case, when another BLE terminal 20b that is executing the scan receives the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20a, the BLE terminal 20b transmits a connection request to the BLE terminal 20a. Thereby, the connection is established between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b.

なお、ステップS232において送信されるアドバタイジングパケットには、図10を参照して説明したタイミング情報(次以降のアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンのタイミングを示す情報)が含まれる場合がある。また、アドバタイジングパケットには、図11を参照して説明したタイミングTa2の情報が含まれる場合もある。上述のように、これらの情報を受信したことに基づいて、BLE端末20bは、次以降のアドバタイジングのタイミングやスキャンのタイミングを調整する。これにより、目的のアドバタイジングパケット(例えば、未だ取得できていないシーケンス番号に係るアドバタイジングパケット)をより短期で取得することができるようになる。 It should be noted that the advertising packet transmitted in step S232 may include the timing information described with reference to FIG. 10 (information indicating the timing of the subsequent advertising and/or scanning). Further, the advertising packet may include the information of the timing Ta2 described with reference to FIG. As described above, the BLE terminal 20b adjusts the timing of the subsequent advertising and the timing of the scan based on the reception of these pieces of information. This makes it possible to acquire a target advertising packet (for example, an advertising packet related to a sequence number that has not been acquired yet) in a shorter period of time.

ステップS231でNOと判定した場合、又は、ステップS232の処理を行った場合、BLE端末20aは、スキャンを実行するタイミングか否かを判定する(ステップS233)。例えば、スキャンを実行するタイミングとして、一定のタイミングが設定されてもよいし、図9で示したように、スキャンを実行するタイミングがランダムに決定されてもよい。また、図10で説明したように、他の機器から受信したアドバタイジングパケットに含まれるタイミング情報に基づいてスキャンを実行するタイミングが決定されてもよい。 When it is determined as NO in step S231 or when the process of step S232 is performed, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not it is the timing to execute the scan (step S233). For example, a fixed timing may be set as the scan execution timing, or the scan execution timing may be randomly determined as illustrated in FIG. 9. Further, as described with reference to FIG. 10, the timing for executing the scan may be determined based on the timing information included in the advertising packet received from another device.

スキャンを実行するタイミングと判定した場合(ステップS233:YES)、BLE端末20aは、スキャンを行う(ステップS234)。例えば、BLE端末20aは、ステップS234において、BLE端末20bからアドバタイジングパケットを受信する。BLE端末20bからのアドバタイジングパケットのタイプによって、BLE端末20aのその後の動作が異なる。 When it is determined that it is time to execute the scan (step S233: YES), the BLE terminal 20a performs the scan (step S234). For example, the BLE terminal 20a receives the advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20b in step S234. The subsequent operation of the BLE terminal 20a differs depending on the type of advertising packet from the BLE terminal 20b.

例えば、BLE端末20bから受信したアドバタイジングパケットのタイプが、「ADV_IND」である場合、すなわち、BLE端末20bと接続可能である場合(ステップS235:YES)、BLE端末20aは、接続処理を行う(ステップS236)。ステップS236の接続処理は、図17のステップS105〜S106と同様の処理である。すなわち、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bに対してコネクション要求を送信し、BLE端末20bからその応答を受信することで、BLE端末20bとの間で接続Cを確立する。このとき、BLE端末20aはセントラル(マスター)となり、BLE端末20bはペリフェラル(スレーブ)となる。また、このステップS236においては、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cに関するパラメータ(アクセスアドレス、コネクションインターバルCIc、スレーブレイテンシーSLc、ホップ数、接続監視タイムアウト等)を決定してBLE端末20bに通知する。 For example, when the type of the advertising packet received from the BLE terminal 20b is "ADV_IND", that is, when it is possible to connect to the BLE terminal 20b (step S235: YES), the BLE terminal 20a performs a connection process (step S235). S236). The connection process in step S236 is the same as steps S105 to S106 in FIG. That is, the BLE terminal 20a transmits a connection request to the BLE terminal 20b and receives a response from the BLE terminal 20b, thereby establishing the connection C with the BLE terminal 20b. At this time, the BLE terminal 20a becomes a central (master) and the BLE terminal 20b becomes a peripheral (slave). Further, in this step S236, the BLE terminal 20a determines parameters (access address, connection interval CIc, slave latency SLc, hop count, connection monitoring timeout, etc.) relating to the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. Then, the BLE terminal 20b is notified.

一方、例えば、BLE端末20bから受信したアドバタイジングパケットのタイプが、「ADV_NONCONN_IND」である場合、BLE端末20aは、ステップS235においてNOと判定する。すなわち、「ADV_NONCONN_IND」の場合は、非接続のアドバタイジングであるため、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングパケットに含まれるデータを取得する(ステップS237)。このアドバタイジングパケットには、BLE端末20bが他の不特定の機器に送信したデータ(例えば、アプリケーションデータ)が含まれている場合があり、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングパケットに含まれるデータを取得する。このデータが分割されたアプリケーションデータである場合は、BLE端末20aは、上述のように、アドバタイジングパケットに含まれるシーケンス番号に基づいて、アプリケーションデータを再構築する。 On the other hand, for example, when the type of the advertising packet received from the BLE terminal 20b is “ADV_NONCONN_IND”, the BLE terminal 20a determines NO in step S235. That is, in the case of "ADV_NONCONN_IND", since the advertising is not connected, the BLE terminal 20a acquires the data included in the advertising packet (step S237). The advertising packet may include data (for example, application data) transmitted by the BLE terminal 20b to another unspecified device, and the BLE terminal 20a acquires the data included in the advertising packet. When this data is divided application data, the BLE terminal 20a reconstructs the application data based on the sequence number included in the advertising packet as described above.

なお、ステップS234において受信されるアドバタイジングパケットには、図10を参照して説明したタイミング情報(次以降のアドバタイジング及び/又はスキャンのタイミングを示す情報)が含まれる場合がある。また、アドバタイジングパケットには、図11に示すタイミングTb(BLE端末20bが携帯端末10bに応答パケットを送信するタイミング)の情報が含まれる場合もある。上述のように、これらの情報を受信したことに基づいて、BLE端末20aは、次以降のアドバタイジングのタイミングやスキャンのタイミングを調整する。 It should be noted that the advertising packet received in step S234 may include the timing information described with reference to FIG. 10 (information indicating the timing of the subsequent advertising and/or scanning). Further, the advertising packet may include information on the timing Tb (timing at which the BLE terminal 20b transmits a response packet to the mobile terminal 10b) shown in FIG. As described above, the BLE terminal 20a adjusts the timing of advertising and the timing of scanning after that based on the reception of these pieces of information.

上記ステップS232のアドバタイジング、及び、ステップS234のスキャンが繰り返し行われることで、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続されていない状態においても、2つの機器間でデータを送受信することができる。また、ステップS232のアドバタイジング、及び、ステップS234のスキャンが繰り返し行われることで、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間で接続を確立することができる。 By repeating the advertising in step S232 and the scanning in step S234, data can be transmitted and received between the two devices even when the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are not connected. Further, by repeating the advertising in step S232 and the scanning in step S234, it is possible to establish a connection between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b.

BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続を確立して通信を行うか、接続を確立せずに通信を行うかは、例えばアプリケーションの要請によって決まる。例えば、データを確実に送受信する必要がある場合は、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングパケットのタイプとして「ADV_IND」を設定する。また、データを複数の機器に同時に送信する必要がある場合、BLE端末20aは、アドバタイジングパケットのタイプとして「ADV_NONCONN_IND」を設定し、アドバタイジングパケットを送信する。 Whether the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b establish a connection for communication or perform communication without establishing a connection depends on, for example, a request from an application. For example, when it is necessary to reliably send and receive data, the BLE terminal 20a sets "ADV_IND" as the type of advertising packet. When it is necessary to transmit data to a plurality of devices at the same time, the BLE terminal 20a sets "ADV_NONCONN_IND" as the type of the advertising packet and transmits the advertising packet.

ステップS236の処理を実行した場合、ステップS237の処理を実行した場合、又は、ステップS233でNOと判定した場合、BLE端末20aは、ステップS238の処理を実行する。 When the process of step S236 is performed, the process of step S237 is performed, or when it is determined as NO in step S233, the BLE terminal 20a performs the process of step S238.

ステップS238において、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bと接続された状態か否かを判定する。上記ステップS232のアドバタイジング、及び、ステップS234のスキャンが繰り返し行われた結果、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態である場合は、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末間接続中処理を行う(ステップS239)。 In step S238, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not it is connected to the BLE terminal 20b. If the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected to each other as a result of repeating the advertising in step S232 and the scanning in step S234, the BLE terminal 20a performs a process during connection between BLE terminals. (Step S239).

ステップS239のBLE端末間接続中処理は、BLE端末20aが携帯端末10aと接続された状態であり(図15の接続A)、かつ、BLE端末20bと接続された状態(図15の接続C)である場合に行われる処理である。以下、ステップS239のBLE端末間接続中処理の詳細について説明する。 The process during connection between BLE terminals in step S239 is a state in which the BLE terminal 20a is connected to the mobile terminal 10a (connection A in FIG. 15) and a state in which it is connected to the BLE terminal 20b (connection C in FIG. 15). This is the process performed when Hereinafter, details of the process during connection between the BLE terminals in step S239 will be described.

(BLE端末20aのBLE端末間接続中処理)
図22は、ステップS239のBLE端末間接続中処理の詳細フローチャートであり、セントラル(マスター)として動作するBLE端末20aにおいて行われる処理を示す図である。
(Processing during connection between BLE terminals of BLE terminal 20a)
FIG. 22 is a detailed flowchart of the processing during connection between BLE terminals in step S239, and is a diagram showing processing performed in the BLE terminal 20a that operates as a central (master).

図22では、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとが接続された状態であり、この接続AのパラメータとしてコネクションインターバルがCIa、スレーブレイテンシーがSLaに設定されていることを前提とする。また、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態であり、この接続CのパラメータとしてコネクションインターバルがCIc、スレーブレイテンシーがSLcに設定されていることとする。 In FIG. 22, it is assumed that the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are connected, and the connection interval is set to CIa and the slave latency is set to SLa as parameters of this connection A. Further, it is assumed that the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected, and that the connection interval is set to CIc and the slave latency is set to SLc as parameters of this connection C.

図22に示すように、BLE端末20aは、時間カウンタに基づいて、コネクションインターバルCIcが経過したか否かを判定する(ステップS241)。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおける前回のコネクションイベントのタイミングからCIcが経過したか否かを判定する。なお、BLE端末20aは接続毎に時間カウンタを設定してもよいし、共通の時間カウンタを用いて各接続のコネクションイベントを実行するタイミングを判定してもよい。すなわち、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続Aのための時間カウンタ(図20のステップS211の判定に用いられる時間カウンタ)と、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの接続Cのための時間カウンタ(ステップS241の判定に用いられる時間カウンタ)とが異なっていてもよいし、同じでもよい。 As shown in FIG. 22, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not the connection interval CIc has elapsed based on the time counter (step S241). Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether CIc has passed from the timing of the previous connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. The BLE terminal 20a may set a time counter for each connection, or may use a common time counter to determine the timing of executing the connection event of each connection. That is, the time counter for the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a (the time counter used for the determination in step S211 of FIG. 20) and the time counter for the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. (Time counter used for determination in step S241) may be different or the same.

コネクションインターバルCIcが経過していないと判定した場合(ステップS241:NO)、BLE端末20aは、図22に示す処理を終了する。 When it is determined that the connection interval CIc has not elapsed (step S241: NO), the BLE terminal 20a ends the process illustrated in FIG.

コネクションインターバルCIcが経過したと判定した場合(ステップS241:YES)、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限するか否かを判定する(ステップS242)。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、現時点から所定時間内に携帯端末10aと通信する必要がある場合には、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限すると判定する。すなわち、現時点から所定時間内にBLE端末20aが携帯端末10aに対して応答を送信しなければ、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続AにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLaを超える場合には、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限する。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、「N」の値がスレーブレイテンシーSLa以上の場合、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限すると判定する。 When it is determined that the connection interval CIc has elapsed (step S241: YES), the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not to restrict communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b (step S242). Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a determines to limit communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b when it is necessary to communicate with the mobile terminal 10a within a predetermined time from the present time. That is, unless the BLE terminal 20a transmits a response to the mobile terminal 10a within a predetermined time from the present time, if the slave latency SLa in the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is exceeded, the BLE terminal 20a , And limits communication with the BLE terminal 20b. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a determines to limit the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b when the value of “N” is equal to or greater than the slave latency SLa.

BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限すると判定した場合(ステップS242:YES)、BLE端末20aは、コネクションインターバルCIcを変更する(ステップS243)。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、次に発生するBLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントが、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続Aにおけるコネクションイベントと時間的に重ならないように、CIcを現在よりも大きな値(CIc2)に変更する(図15参照)。 When it is determined that the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b is restricted (step S242: YES), the BLE terminal 20a changes the connection interval CIc (step S243). Specifically, in the BLE terminal 20a, the connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b that occurs next is temporally compared with the connection event in the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a. The CIc is changed to a value (CIc2) larger than the current one so as not to overlap (see FIG. 15).

ステップS243の処理を実行した場合、又は、ステップS242でNOと判定した場合、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bに送信すべき送信データ(例えばアプリケーションデータ)があるか否かを判定し(ステップS244)、送信データがある場合には(ステップS244:YES)、パケットに送信データを含める(ステップS245)。 When the process of step S243 is executed or when NO is determined in step S242, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not there is transmission data (for example, application data) to be transmitted to the BLE terminal 20b (step S244). ) If there is transmission data (step S244: YES), the transmission data is included in the packet (step S245).

ステップS245の処理を実行した場合、又は、ステップS244でNOと判定した場合、BLE端末20aは、データチャネルを用いてBLE端末20bにパケットを送信する(ステップS246)。ステップS245の処理が行われた場合は、パケットのペイロードには送信データが含まれ、ステップS245の処理が行われなかった場合には、パケットのペイロードには送信データは含まれない。なお、ステップS243でCIcがCIc2に変更された場合には、変更後のCIc2の情報がパケットに含まれる。これにより、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおける次のコネクションイベントは、CIc2の経過後に発生することになる。 When the process of step S245 is executed or when NO is determined in step S244, the BLE terminal 20a transmits a packet to the BLE terminal 20b using the data channel (step S246). When the process of step S245 is performed, the payload of the packet includes the transmission data, and when the process of step S245 is not performed, the payload of the packet does not include the transmission data. When the CIc is changed to CIc2 in step S243, the information on the changed CIc2 is included in the packet. As a result, the next connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b will occur after the lapse of CIc2.

なお、変更されたCIc2は、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間のコネクションイベントが終了した後にCIcに戻される。携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間のコネクションイベントが終了した後に発生するBLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントにおいて、BLE端末20aは、CIcの情報をBLE端末20bに送信する(図15参照)。 The changed CIc2 is returned to the CIc after the connection event between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a ends. In the connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b that occurs after the connection event between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a ends, the BLE terminal 20a sends the CIc information to the BLE terminal 20b. It is transmitted (see FIG. 15).

ステップS242〜S246の処理が行われることにより、図15で示したように、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの間の通信が行われる間、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限することができる。 By performing the processing of steps S242 to S246, as shown in FIG. 15, while the communication between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is performed, the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b is performed. Can be restricted.

ステップS246の後、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bから応答パケットを受信したか否かを判定する(ステップS247)。BLE端末20bから応答パケットを受信した場合(ステップS247:YES)、BLE端末20aは、受信したデータの処理を行う(ステップS248)。ステップS248において、例えば、BLE端末20b(のBLE通信モジュール)は、受信したデータをアプリケーション層に渡す。そして、BLE端末20aは、変数Mに「0」を設定するとともに、変数「S」をリセットし(ステップS249)、図22に示す処理を終了する。「M」は、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続CにおいてBLE端末20bから応答パケットを受信しなかったコネクションイベントの回数を示す。また、「S」は、BLE端末20aがBLE端末20bから応答パケットを受信してからの経過時間を示す変数である。BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bとの接続を解除するか否かをこの変数「S」を用いて判定する。例えば、「S」は、時間経過に応じて加算されてもよいし、ステップSS241の処理が行われる毎に1ずつ加算されてもよい。 After step S246, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not a response packet has been received from the BLE terminal 20b (step S247). When the response packet is received from the BLE terminal 20b (step S247: YES), the BLE terminal 20a processes the received data (step S248). In step S248, for example, the BLE terminal 20b (the BLE communication module thereof) passes the received data to the application layer. Then, the BLE terminal 20a sets the variable M to "0" and resets the variable "S" (step S249), and ends the processing shown in FIG. “M” indicates the number of connection events in which the response packet was not received from the BLE terminal 20b in the connection C between the BLE terminals 20a and 20b. Further, “S” is a variable indicating the elapsed time after the BLE terminal 20a receives the response packet from the BLE terminal 20b. The BLE terminal 20a determines whether or not to disconnect from the BLE terminal 20b using this variable “S”. For example, “S” may be added according to the passage of time, or may be added by 1 every time the process of step SS241 is performed.

一方、BLE端末20bから応答パケットを受信しなかった場合(ステップS247:NO)、BLE端末20aは、「M」に1を加算する(ステップS250)。次に、BLE端末20aは、「S」が接続Cにおける接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定する(ステップS251)。「S」が接続監視タイムアウト以上と判定した場合(ステップS251:YES)、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bとの接続Cを解除して(ステップS252)、図22に示す処理を終了する。「S」が接続監視タイムアウト以上と判定しなかった場合(ステップS251:NO)、BLE端末20aは、ステップS252の処理を行わずに(接続Cを解除せずに)、図22に示す処理を終了する。 On the other hand, when the response packet is not received from the BLE terminal 20b (step S247: NO), the BLE terminal 20a adds 1 to “M” (step S250). Next, the BLE terminal 20a determines whether “S” is equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout in the connection C (step S251). When it is determined that “S” is equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout (step S251: YES), the BLE terminal 20a releases the connection C with the BLE terminal 20b (step S252) and ends the process illustrated in FIG. If “S” is not determined to be equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout (step S251: NO), the BLE terminal 20a does not perform the process of step S252 (without releasing the connection C) and executes the process illustrated in FIG. finish.

(BLE端末20bのBLE端末間接続中処理)
図23は、ステップS239のBLE端末間接続中処理の詳細フローチャートであり、ペリフェラル(スレーブ)として動作するBLE端末20bにおいて行われる処理を示す図である。
(Processing during connection between BLE terminals of BLE terminal 20b)
FIG. 23 is a detailed flowchart of the processing during connection between BLE terminals in step S239, and is a diagram showing processing performed in the BLE terminal 20b that operates as a peripheral (slave).

図23では、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態であり、この接続BのパラメータとしてコネクションインターバルがCIb、スレーブレイテンシーがSLbに設定されていることを前提とする。また、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとが接続された状態であり、この接続CのパラメータとしてコネクションインターバルがCIc、スレーブレイテンシーがSLcに設定されていることとする。 In FIG. 23, it is assumed that the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are connected, and the connection interval is set to CIb and the slave latency is set to SLb as parameters of this connection B. Further, it is assumed that the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are connected, and that the connection interval is set to CIc and the slave latency is set to SLc as parameters of this connection C.

図23に示すように、BLE端末20bは、時間カウンタに基づいて、コネクションインターバルCIcが経過したか否かを判定する(ステップS261)。具体的には、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおける前回のコネクションイベントのタイミングからCIcが経過したか否かを判定する。なお、BLE端末20bは接続毎に時間カウンタを設定してもよいし、共通の時間カウンタを設定してもよい。 As shown in FIG. 23, the BLE terminal 20b determines whether the connection interval CIc has elapsed based on the time counter (step S261). Specifically, the BLE terminal 20b determines whether CIc has passed from the timing of the previous connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. The BLE terminal 20b may set a time counter for each connection, or may set a common time counter.

コネクションインターバルCIcが経過していないと判定した場合(ステップS261:NO)、BLE端末20bは、図23に示す処理を終了する。 When it is determined that the connection interval CIc has not elapsed (step S261: NO), the BLE terminal 20b ends the process illustrated in FIG.

コネクションインターバルCIcが経過したと判定した場合(ステップS261:YES)、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限するか否かを判定する(ステップS262)。具体的には、BLE端末20bは、現時点から所定時間内に携帯端末10bと通信する必要がある場合には、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限すると判定する。すなわち、現時点から所定時間内にBLE端末20bが携帯端末10bに対して応答を送信しなければ、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの接続BにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLbを超える場合には、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aとの間の通信を制限する。 When it is determined that the connection interval CIc has elapsed (step S261: YES), the BLE terminal 20b determines whether to restrict communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b (step S262). Specifically, the BLE terminal 20b determines to limit communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b when it is necessary to communicate with the mobile terminal 10b within a predetermined time from the present time. That is, unless the BLE terminal 20b transmits a response to the mobile terminal 10b within a predetermined time from the present time, if the slave latency SLb in the connection B between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b is exceeded, the BLE terminal 20b , And limits communication with the BLE terminal 20a.

BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の通信を制限すると判定した場合(ステップS262:YES)、BLE端末20bは、変数「M」がスレーブレイテンシーSLc以上か否かを判定する(ステップS263)。「M」は、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとの間の接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントにおいて、BLE端末20bが応答パケットを送信しなかった(コネクションイベントをスキップした)回数を示す。「M」がスレーブレイテンシーSLc以上と判定した場合(ステップS263:YES)、BLE端末20bは、ステップS264に処理を進める。一方、「M」がスレーブレイテンシーSLc未満と判定した場合(ステップS263:NO)、BLE端末20bは、図23の処理を終了する。 When it is determined that the communication between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b is limited (step S262: YES), the BLE terminal 20b determines whether the variable “M” is equal to or greater than the slave latency SLc (step S263). “M” indicates the number of times that the BLE terminal 20b did not send a response packet (skip the connection event) in the connection event in the connection C between the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b. When it is determined that “M” is equal to or higher than the slave latency SLc (step S263: YES), the BLE terminal 20b advances the process to step S264. On the other hand, when it is determined that “M” is less than the slave latency SLc (step S263: NO), the BLE terminal 20b ends the process of FIG.

ステップS262でNOと判定した場合、又は、ステップS263でYESと判定した場合、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aとの接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントをスキップするか否かを判定する(ステップS264)。 When NO is determined in step S262 or when YES is determined in step S263, the BLE terminal 20b determines whether to skip the connection event in the connection C with the BLE terminal 20a (step S264).

ステップS262及びステップS263の処理から明らかなように、BLE端末20bは、携帯端末10bとの通信を優先させるためにBLE端末20aとの通信を制限する。具体的には、BLE端末20bは、携帯端末10bとの通信がスレーブレイテンシーSLbの範囲内で行われるように、BLE端末20aとの通信を制限する(すなわち、接続Cのコネクションイベントをスキップする)。しかしながら、BLE端末20bは、今回のコネクションイベントにおいてBLE端末20aに対して応答を送信しなければBLE端末20aとの接続CにおけるスレーブレイテンシーSLcを超える場合(ステップS263:YES)、BLE端末20aとの通信を制限せずに、ステップS264に処理を進める。これにより、BLE端末20bは、携帯端末10bとの通信を優先しつつも、BLE端末20aとの接続Cが解除されるリスクを回避することができる。 As is clear from the processing of steps S262 and S263, the BLE terminal 20b restricts communication with the BLE terminal 20a in order to prioritize communication with the mobile terminal 10b. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20b limits the communication with the BLE terminal 20a so that the communication with the mobile terminal 10b is performed within the range of the slave latency SLb (that is, the connection event of the connection C is skipped). .. However, if the BLE terminal 20b exceeds the slave latency SLc in the connection C with the BLE terminal 20a unless a response is transmitted to the BLE terminal 20a in the current connection event (step S263: YES), the BLE terminal 20b The process proceeds to step S264 without restricting communication. Accordingly, the BLE terminal 20b can avoid the risk of disconnecting the connection C with the BLE terminal 20a while giving priority to communication with the mobile terminal 10b.

ステップS264において、BLE端末20bは、接続Cにおける今回のコネクションイベントをスキップするか否かを判定する。 In step S264, the BLE terminal 20b determines whether to skip the current connection event in the connection C.

ステップS264においてNOと判定した場合、BLE端末20bは、図20のステップS214〜ステップS216と同様に、接続Cにおけるコネクションイベントを実行する。具体的には、BLE端末20bは、データチャネルを用いてBLE端末20aからパケットを受信し(ステップS265)、当該パケットの受信に応じてBLE端末20aに対して応答を送信する(ステップS266)。この応答には、SLcの変更要求が含められてもよい。そして、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aからのデータの処理を行い(ステップS267)、変数Mに「0」を設定し(ステップS268)、図23に示す処理を終了する。 If the BLE terminal 20b determines NO in step S264, the BLE terminal 20b executes the connection event in the connection C as in steps S214 to S216 in FIG. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20b receives a packet from the BLE terminal 20a using the data channel (step S265), and transmits a response to the BLE terminal 20a in response to the reception of the packet (step S266). This response may include a SLc change request. Then, the BLE terminal 20b processes the data from the BLE terminal 20a (step S267), sets "0" in the variable M (step S268), and ends the processing shown in FIG.

一方、ステップS264においてYESと判定した場合、BLE端末20bは、「M」に1を加算し(ステップS269)、図23に示す処理を終了する。 On the other hand, if the BLE terminal 20b determines YES in step S264, the BLE terminal 20b adds 1 to "M" (step S269), and ends the process illustrated in FIG.

ここで、親子間の接続(携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの間の接続B)と、子同士の接続(BLE端末20同士の接続C)とで、一方の通信を制限した場合には、他方の接続が解除されるリスクがある場合には、BLE端末20bは、親子間の接続を優先する。例えば、「N」の値がスレーブレイテンシーSLbと等しい場合、すなわち、BLE端末20bが携帯端末10bに対して応答パケットを返さなかった回数がスレーブレイテンシーSLbと等しい場合、BLE端末20bは、ステップS264においてYESと判定する。例えば、ステップS263でYESと判定した場合であっても、BLE端末20bは、ステップS264においてYESと判定する(この場合、M>SLcとなるため、子同士の接続Cは解除されるリスクが高くなる)。すなわち、BLE端末20bは、親子間の接続Bが解除されるリスクを回避するために、子同士の接続Cにおける通信を制限する。 Here, when one of the connections between the parent and child (connection B between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b) and the connection between the children (connection C between the BLE terminals 20) is restricted, When there is a risk that the other connection is released, the BLE terminal 20b gives priority to the connection between the parent and child. For example, when the value of “N” is equal to the slave latency SLb, that is, when the number of times that the BLE terminal 20b did not return the response packet to the mobile terminal 10b is equal to the slave latency SLb, the BLE terminal 20b determines in step S264. Judge as YES. For example, even when it is determined to be YES in step S263, the BLE terminal 20b determines YES in step S264 (in this case, M>SLc, so that the risk that the connection C between the children is released is high. Become). That is, the BLE terminal 20b limits the communication in the connection C between the children in order to avoid the risk of the connection B between the parent and child being released.

このように、本実施形態では、親子間の接続を子同士の接続よりも優先させる。これにより、親子間の接続中に子同士が接続される場合でも、親子間の接続が解除されるリスクを回避することができる。なお、他の実施形態では、親子間の接続よりも子同士の接続を優先させてもよい。また、現在の通信の状況に応じて、親子間の接続を優先させるか、子同士の接続を優先させるかが決定されてもよい。例えば、親子間の接続の通信量よりも子同士の接続の通信量の方が多い場合には、子同士の接続を優先させてもよい。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the connection between the parent and the child is prioritized over the connection between the children. Accordingly, even when the children are connected to each other during the connection between the parent and child, the risk of disconnecting the connection between the parent and child can be avoided. Note that in other embodiments, the connection between the children may be prioritized over the connection between the parent and child. Further, it may be determined whether to prioritize the connection between the parent and the child or the connection between the children according to the current communication situation. For example, when the communication traffic between the children is larger than the communication traffic between the parents and children, the connection between the children may be prioritized.

なお、BLE端末20bは、図23の処理を実行中に、前回BLE端末20aと通信を行ってからの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定する。例えば、BLE端末20bは、前回BLE端末20aからパケットを受信してからの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定する。あるいは、BLE端末20aは、前回BLE端末20aに対して応答パケットを送信してからの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上か否かを判定してもよい。そして、前回BLE端末20aと通信を行ってからの経過時間が接続監視タイムアウト以上の場合には、BLE端末20bは、BLE端末20aとの接続を解除し、接続状態から非接続状態に移行して、図23の処理を終了する。この接続監視タイムアウトは、接続の確立時にBLE端末20aによって決定されて通知される。 Note that the BLE terminal 20b determines whether or not the elapsed time since the last communication with the BLE terminal 20a is equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout during the process of FIG. 23. For example, the BLE terminal 20b determines whether or not the elapsed time since the last reception of the packet from the BLE terminal 20a is the connection monitoring timeout or more. Alternatively, the BLE terminal 20a may determine whether or not the elapsed time since the last transmission of the response packet to the BLE terminal 20a is the connection monitoring timeout or more. If the elapsed time since the last communication with the BLE terminal 20a is equal to or longer than the connection monitoring timeout, the BLE terminal 20b releases the connection with the BLE terminal 20a and shifts from the connected state to the disconnected state. , The process of FIG. 23 ends. This connection monitoring timeout is determined and notified by the BLE terminal 20a when the connection is established.

以上のように、本実施形態では、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10a(親)と接続した状態で、携帯端末10bと接続された状態のBLE端末20b(子)と通信を行う。すなわち、あるネットワークにスレーブとして参加しているBLE端末20aは、別のネットワークにスレーブとして参加しているBLE端末20bと通信を行う。具体的には、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bと接続していない状態でアドバタイジングパケットをブロードキャスト(非限定の不特定の機器又は限定された不特定の機器へのブロードキャスト)で送受信することにより、BLE端末20bと互いに通信を行う。また、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bと接続を確立し、接続状態で互いに通信を行う。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the BLE terminal 20a communicates with the BLE terminal 20b (child) connected to the mobile terminal 10b while being connected to the mobile terminal 10a (parent). That is, the BLE terminal 20a participating as a slave in a certain network communicates with the BLE terminal 20b participating as a slave in another network. Specifically, the BLE terminal 20a transmits and receives an advertising packet by broadcasting (broadcasting to an unspecified unspecified device or a restricted unspecified device) while not connected to the BLE terminal 20b. It communicates with the BLE terminal 20b. Further, the BLE terminal 20a establishes a connection with the BLE terminal 20b and communicates with each other in a connected state.

また、本実施形態では、親子間の接続が維持されるように、子同士の通信が制御される。すなわち、子は、親子間の接続を維持するための通信(親子間のコネクションイベント)が発生するタイミングでは、子同士の通信を行わずに、親子間の通信を優先的に行う。例えば、BLE端末20は、親子間の接続を維持するための通信のタイミングと、子同士の通信のタイミングとが一致する場合、子同士の通信を制限して(子同士の通信を行わずに)、親子間の通信を優先的に行う。また、BLE端末20は、親子間の接続を維持するための通信が行われるタイミングを含む所定期間は、子同士の通信を制限してもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, the communication between the children is controlled so that the connection between the parent and the child is maintained. That is, the child preferentially performs the communication between the parents without performing the communication between the children at the timing when the communication for maintaining the connection between the parents and the child (connection event between the parents and the child) occurs. For example, when the communication timing for maintaining the connection between the parent and the child matches the communication timing between the children, the BLE terminal 20 restricts the communication between the children (without communicating between the children. ), communication between parents and children is given priority. Further, the BLE terminal 20 may restrict communication between children during a predetermined period including a timing at which communication for maintaining connection between parents and children is performed.

また、BLE端末20は、子同士の通信の効率を向上させるために、親子間の接続を維持するための通信のタイミングを調整する。具体的には、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続Aを維持するための通信のタイミングと、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとの接続Bを維持するための通信のタイミングとが近くなるように、これらの通信のタイミングが調整される。このような調整が行われることにより、BLE端末20は、親子間の接続を維持した状態で、子同士で効率よく通信を行うことができる。 Further, the BLE terminal 20 adjusts the timing of communication for maintaining the connection between the parent and child in order to improve the efficiency of communication between the children. Specifically, the timing of communication for maintaining the connection A between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a and the timing of communication for maintaining the connection B between the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are close to each other. Then, the timing of these communications is adjusted. By performing such adjustment, the BLE terminal 20 can efficiently perform communication between the children while maintaining the connection between the parent and child.

子同士の通信では、アプリケーションデータが互いに送受信される。アプリケーションデータとしては、例えば、ゲームキャラクタやアイテム等のゲームにおいて用いられるデータ(キャラクタやアイテムの実データやIDを示すデータ)、ゲーム名やゲームID等であってもよい。また、アプリケーションで用いられるデータとしては、アプリケーションで再生される、文字データ、画像データ、動画データ、音声データ、広告のためのデータ等であってもよい。また、アプリケーションデータとして、BLE端末20の位置情報(GPS情報)、BLE端末20に設けられたセンサ(例えば、加速度センサや角速度センサ等の慣性センサ、温度センサ、湿度センサ、血圧や脈拍等の人体の生体情報を取得可能なセンサ等)等からの出力情報であってもよい。子同士の通信で受信したアプリケーションデータに基づいてBLE端末20が所定の処理を行ってもよいし、受信したアプリケーションデータは、携帯端末10に送信されて携帯端末10において当該データに基づく所定の処理が行われてもよい。 In child-to-child communication, application data is transmitted and received to and from each other. The application data may be, for example, data used in a game such as a game character or item (data indicating the actual data or ID of the character or item), a game name, a game ID, or the like. In addition, the data used in the application may be character data, image data, moving image data, audio data, data for advertisement, etc. that are reproduced by the application. Further, as application data, position information (GPS information) of the BLE terminal 20, a sensor provided in the BLE terminal 20 (for example, an inertia sensor such as an acceleration sensor or an angular velocity sensor, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, a human body such as blood pressure or a pulse). Output information from a sensor or the like capable of acquiring biometric information). The BLE terminal 20 may perform a predetermined process based on the application data received in the communication between the children, or the received application data is transmitted to the mobile terminal 10 and the predetermined process based on the data in the mobile terminal 10. May be performed.

なお、上記フローチャートにおける各ステップの処理は、単なる一例に過ぎず、各ステップの処理順序を入れ替えてもよいし、各ステップの処理が実行されなくてもよい。また、上記フローチャートにおける処理に他の処理が付加されてもよい。 It should be noted that the processing of each step in the above flowchart is merely an example, and the processing order of each step may be changed or the processing of each step may not be executed. Further, other processing may be added to the processing in the above flowchart.

また、上記実施形態では、各機器は、BLE規格に基づく通信を行うものとしたが、BLEに限らずクラシックBluetoothに基づく通信が行われてもよい。また、他の規格(例えば、IEEE802.11シリーズ等)に基づく通信が行われてもよい。また、その他の任意の規格に基づく通信が行われてもよい。なお、上記BLE規格に基づく通信では、接続状態において、接続確立時に生成された共通のアクセスアドレスを用いて2つの機器間で通信が行われる。他の規格に基づく通信においては、例えば、接続が確立された後の接続状態では、機器固有のアドレスを用いて通信が行われる。すなわち、送信側は、受信側の機器のアドレスを指定してパケットを送信する(ユニキャスト)。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, each device is assumed to perform communication based on the BLE standard, but communication is not limited to BLE and may be based on classic Bluetooth. In addition, communication based on another standard (for example, IEEE 802.11 series or the like) may be performed. Further, communication based on any other standard may be performed. In the communication based on the BLE standard, in the connected state, communication is performed between two devices using a common access address generated when the connection is established. In communication based on other standards, for example, in a connection state after connection is established, communication is performed using an address unique to the device. That is, the transmitting side transmits the packet by designating the address of the receiving side device (unicast).

また、上記実施形態では、親子間の通信を子同士の通信よりも優先的に行ったが、他の実施形態では、子同士の通信を親子間の通信よりも優先的に行ってもよい。例えば、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとが常に接続されている状態である場合において、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとがある期間だけ通信可能な範囲にある場合を想定する。例えば、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとを携帯するユーザAが移動しており、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとを携帯するユーザBが移動している場合において、ユーザAとユーザBとがすれ違うケースが考えられる。この場合、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとは常に近距離に位置し、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとは常に近距離に位置するため、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとは常に通信可能であり、携帯端末10bとBLE端末20bとは常に通信可能である。しかしながら、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとは、すれ違う間だけ通信可能な範囲にあり、BLE端末20aとBLE端末20bとがデータをやり取りするためには、短期間にデータをやり取りする必要がある。このような場合は、子同士(BLE端末20a及びBLE端末20b)の通信を親子間(携帯端末10a及びBLE端末20a、あるいは、携帯端末10b及びBLE端末20b)の通信よりも優先的に行ってもよい。例えば、子同士は、接続を確立せずに通信を行ってもよく、接続を確立して通信を行ってもよい。子同士の通信を行っている間に、親子間のコネクションイベントが発生した場合でも子同士の通信が優先されてもよい。親子間の通信が行われない期間がスレーブレイテンシーを超えることがあっても、子同士の通信を優先させてもよい。すなわち、例えば、携帯端末10aとBLE端末20aとの接続において、BLE端末20aは、携帯端末10aに対して応答を返さなければ携帯端末10aとの接続におけるスレーブレイテンシーを超える場合であっても、BLE端末20bとの通信を優先的に行ってもよい。このような場合では、親子間の接続は、子同士の通信が完了した後(ユーザAとユーザBとが離れた後)すぐにでも再開できる。上述のように、通信が行われない期間がスレーブレイテンシーを超えても接続監視タイムアウト以内であれば親子間の接続は維持される。また、例えば、BLE端末20aは、BLE端末20bとの通信が完了した後(BLE端末20bとの通信が不可能になった後)、BLE端末20bとの通信を優先したことによって携帯端末10aとの接続が解除された場合であっても、「ADV_DIRECT_IND」のタイプのアドバタイジングパケットを送信することで、携帯端末10aと高速に接続を確立することができる。しかしながら、子同士の通信は、ユーザAとユーザBとがすれ違う間にしかできないため、子同士の通信を親子間の通信よりも優先的に行ってもよい。 Further, in the above embodiment, the communication between the parent and the child is prioritized over the communication between the children, but in other embodiments, the communication between the children may be performed prior to the communication between the parent and child. For example, it is assumed that the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are always connected, and the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are in a communicable range for a certain period. For example, when the user A carrying the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a is moving and the user B carrying the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b is moving, the user A and the user B pass each other. A case is possible. In this case, since the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a are always located at a short distance, and the mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b are always located at a short distance, the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a can always communicate with each other. The mobile terminal 10b and the BLE terminal 20b can always communicate with each other. However, the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b are in a communicable range only while passing each other, and it is necessary for the BLE terminal 20a and the BLE terminal 20b to exchange data in a short time in order to exchange data. In such a case, the communication between the children (BLE terminal 20a and BLE terminal 20b) is preferentially performed over the communication between the parent and child (mobile terminal 10a and BLE terminal 20a, or mobile terminal 10b and BLE terminal 20b). Good. For example, the children may communicate with each other without establishing a connection, or may communicate with each other after establishing a connection. The communication between the children may be prioritized even when the connection event between the parent and the child occurs during the communication between the children. Even if the period during which the communication between the parent and child is not performed exceeds the slave latency, the communication between the children may be prioritized. That is, for example, in the connection between the mobile terminal 10a and the BLE terminal 20a, even if the BLE terminal 20a exceeds the slave latency in the connection with the mobile terminal 10a unless a response is returned to the mobile terminal 10a. Communication with the terminal 20b may be preferentially performed. In such a case, the connection between the parent and child can be resumed immediately after the communication between the children is completed (after the user A and the user B are separated). As described above, even if the period during which communication is not performed exceeds the slave latency and if it is within the connection monitoring timeout, the connection between the parent and child is maintained. In addition, for example, the BLE terminal 20a is connected to the mobile terminal 10a by prioritizing the communication with the BLE terminal 20b after the communication with the BLE terminal 20b is completed (after the communication with the BLE terminal 20b is disabled). Even when the connection is canceled, the connection can be established at high speed with the mobile terminal 10a by transmitting the advertising packet of the type "ADV_DIRECT_IND". However, since the communication between the children can be performed only while the user A and the user B pass each other, the communication between the children may be prioritized over the communication between the parent and child.

また、上記実施形態では、子同士の接続におけるコネクションインターバルCIcやスレーブレイテンシーSLcを変更することによって子同士の通信を制限し、子同士の通信を制限した期間において親子間の通信を行うようにした(図15)。他の実施形態では、例えば、コネクションインターバル及び/又はスレーブレイテンシーに加えて、接続監視タイムアウトを変更してもよい。また、コネクションインターバル及び/又はスレーブレイテンシーに代えて、接続監視タイムアウトを変更してもよい。子同士の接続における接続監視タイムアウトを変更する(現在の値よりも長くする)ことによって、子同士の通信が比較的長い時間行われなれない場合でも子同士の接続が解除されないようにし、子同士の通信が行われない期間において、親子間の通信を行ってもよい。 Further, in the above embodiment, the communication between the children is restricted by changing the connection interval CIc and the slave latency SLc in the connection between the children, and the communication between the parent and the child is performed during the period when the communication between the children is restricted. (FIG. 15). In other embodiments, for example, the connection monitoring timeout may be modified in addition to the connection interval and/or slave latency. Further, the connection monitoring timeout may be changed instead of the connection interval and/or the slave latency. By changing the connection monitoring timeout in the connection between the children (set it longer than the current value), the connection between the children is not released even if the communication between the children is not performed for a relatively long time, and The communication between the parent and child may be performed during the period when the communication is not performed.

この明細書に記載されている処理の一部又は全部は、携帯端末又はBLE端末のCPU及び/又は他のプロセッサが通信プログラムを実行することによって行われてもよい。また、上記処理の一部又は全部は、携帯端末又はBLE端末が備えるASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit)によって行われてもよい。 Part or all of the processing described in this specification may be performed by the CPU and/or other processor of the mobile terminal or the BLE terminal executing the communication program. Further, part or all of the above processing may be performed by an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) included in the mobile terminal or the BLE terminal.

1 無線通信システム
10a、10b 携帯端末
20a、20b BLE端末
25 BLE通信モジュール
1 wireless communication system 10a, 10b mobile terminal 20a, 20b BLE terminal 25 BLE communication module

Claims (80)

無線通信を行うことが可能な複数の機器を含む無線システムであって、
前記無線システムは、第1の機器と、第2の機器と、第3の機器と、第4の機器とを含み、
前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器をマスターとし、前記第2の機器をスレーブとして、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行い、
前記第4の機器及び前記第3の機器は、
前記第4の機器をマスターとし、前記第3の機器をスレーブとして、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行い、
前記第2の機器は、
スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、無線システム。
A wireless system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication,
The wireless system includes a first device, a second device, a third device, and a fourth device,
The first device and the second device are
Using the first device as a master and the second device as a slave, establishing a connection between the first device and the second device to perform wireless communication,
The fourth device and the third device are
Using the fourth device as a master and the third device as a slave, establishing a connection between the fourth device and the third device to perform wireless communication,
The second device is
A wireless system that performs wireless communication with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave while being connected to the first device as a slave.
前記第2の機器は、
データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、
ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を有し、
前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とをスレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と通信を行う、請求項1に記載の無線システム。
The second device is
Transmitting means for transmitting data wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
Receiving means for wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast,
By executing the transmitting process by the transmitting unit and the receiving process by the receiving unit in a state of being connected to the first device as a slave, the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave. The wireless system according to claim 1, which communicates with a device.
前記第2の機器は、前記第3の機器と接続していない状態で、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で無線通信によって所定のデータの送信又は受信を行う、請求項1又は2に記載の無線システム。 The second device transmits predetermined data by wireless communication with the third device in a state in which the second device is not connected to the third device and is connected to the fourth device as a slave. Alternatively, the wireless system according to claim 1, which performs reception. 前記第2の機器は、前記所定のデータとして、アプリケーションにおいて利用されるデータの送信又は受信を行う、請求項3に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 3, wherein the second device transmits or receives data used in an application as the predetermined data. 前記第2の機器は、前記所定のデータとして、ゲームにおいて利用されるデータの送信又は受信を行う、請求項3又は4に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 3, wherein the second device transmits or receives data used in a game as the predetermined data. 前記第2の機器は、前記所定のデータとして、アプリケーションで再生されるコンテンツに関するデータの送信又は受信を行う、請求項3に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 3, wherein the second device transmits or receives data relating to content reproduced by an application as the predetermined data. 前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続している状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と接続を確立せずに無線通信を行う、請求項2に記載の無線システム。 The second device is connected to the fourth device as a slave by repeatedly executing the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit while being connected to the first device. The wireless system according to claim 2, wherein the wireless communication is performed without establishing a connection with the third device in the established state. 前記ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されるデータは、他の機器と接続を確立するためのデータである、請求項2に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 2, wherein the data transmitted by the broadcast or the multicast is data for establishing a connection with another device. スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態の前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該接続を維持した状態で、前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項1、2、及び8の何れかに記載の無線システム。 The second device connected to the first device as a slave establishes a connection with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave and establishes the connection. The wireless system according to claim 1, wherein the wireless communication is performed with the third device in a maintained state. スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態の前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該接続を切断することなく、前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項1、2、及び8の何れかに記載の無線システム。 The second device connected to the first device as a slave establishes a connection with the third device connected to the fourth device as a slave and establishes the connection. The wireless system according to any one of claims 1, 2, and 8, which wirelessly communicates with the third device without disconnecting. 前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続している状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、前記第2の機器の周囲にある他の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項2又は8に記載の無線システム。 The second device is in the vicinity of the second device by repeatedly executing the transmitting process by the transmitting unit and the receiving process by the receiving unit while being connected to the first device. The wireless system according to claim 2, which performs wireless communication with another device. 前記第2の機器は、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、前記第2の機器の周囲にある他の機器を探索し、当該探索によって検出した、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立する、請求項11に記載の無線システム。 The second device repeatedly executes the transmission process by the transmission means and the reception process by the reception device to search for another device around the second device, and detects the other device. The wireless system according to claim 11, wherein a connection is established with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave. 前記送信処理の実行期間、前記送信処理を実行するタイミング、前記受信処理の実行期間、及び、前記受信処理の実行するタイミングのうち少なくとも何れかは可変である、請求項2、7、11、12の何れかに記載の無線システム。 13. At least one of an execution period of the transmission process, a timing of executing the transmission process, an execution period of the reception process, and a timing of execution of the reception process is variable. The wireless system according to any one of 1. 前記送信処理の実行期間、前記送信処理を実行するタイミング、前記受信処理の実行期間、及び、前記受信処理の実行するタイミングのうち少なくとも何れかはランダムに設定される、請求項13に記載の無線システム。 The radio according to claim 13, wherein at least one of an execution period of the transmission process, a timing of executing the transmission process, an execution period of the reception process, and a timing of execution of the reception process is randomly set. system. 前記第2の機器は、前記送信処理および前記受信処理を交互に繰り返し実行する、請求項11から14の何れかに記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 11, wherein the second device alternately and repeatedly executes the transmission process and the reception process. 前記送信処理と前記受信処理との間、前記送信処理と前記送信処理との間、および、前記受信処理と前記受信処理との間の少なくとも何れかには、前記送信処理および前記受信処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が存在する、請求項11から14の何れかに記載の無線システム。 At least one of the transmission processing and the reception processing, the transmission processing and the transmission processing, and/or the reception processing and the reception processing includes at least one of the transmission processing and the reception processing. The wireless system according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein there is a sleep period that is not performed. 前記送信処理と前記受信処理との間には、前記送信処理および前記受信処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が存在する、請求項15に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 15, wherein a sleep period in which neither the transmission process nor the reception process is performed is present between the transmission process and the reception process. 前記スリープ期間は可変である、請求項16又は17に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the sleep period is variable. 前記スリープ期間はランダムに設定される、請求項18に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 18, wherein the sleep period is randomly set. 前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器からの指示なしで、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項1から19の何れかに記載の無線システム。 20. The second device wirelessly communicates with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave, without an instruction from the first device. The wireless system according to. 前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器とは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器が接続された状態において、同期通信を繰り返し行う、請求項1から20の何れかに記載の無線システム。 21. The wireless device according to claim 1, wherein the first device and the second device repeatedly perform synchronous communication in a state where the first device and the second device are connected. system. 前記無線システムは、
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含み、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との前記同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有する、請求項21に記載の無線システム。
The wireless system is
An allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connecting the first device and the second device,
The second device is
22. The radio according to claim 21, further comprising: a determination unit that determines whether or not to perform the synchronous communication with the first device based on the allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device. system.
前記第1の機器は、前記許容期間設定手段を有する、請求項22に記載の無線システム。 23. The wireless system according to claim 22, wherein the first device has the allowable period setting means. 前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続された状態で前記許容期間を変更するための変更要求を送信する許容期間変更手段を有する、請求項22又は23に記載の無線システム。 24. The wireless system according to claim 22, wherein the second device has an allowable period changing unit that transmits a change request for changing the allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device. 前記第1の機器は、前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記同期通信として所定の時間間隔で所定のデータを繰り返し前記第2の機器に送信し、
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器から所定の時間間隔で送信される前記所定のデータを受信したことに応じて、前記第1の機器に対して応答を返し、
前記許容期間設定手段は、前記許容期間として、前記応答の回数を設定し、
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器に前記応答返さない回数が、前記許容期間設定手段によって設定された回数を超える又は前記許容期間設定手段によって設定された回数に達する場合には、前記第1の機器に対して前記応答を返す、請求項22から24の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The first device repeatedly transmits predetermined data to the second device at predetermined time intervals as the synchronous communication in a state where the first device is connected to the second device,
The second device returns a response to the first device in response to receiving the predetermined data transmitted from the first device at a predetermined time interval,
The allowable period setting means sets the number of times of the response as the allowable period,
When the number of times the response is not returned to the first device exceeds the number set by the allowable period setting means or reaches the number set by the allowable period setting means, the second device is The wireless system according to claim 22, wherein the response is returned to the first device.
前記第2の機器は、前記許容期間においてスレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項22から25の何れかに記載の無線システム。 26. The wireless system according to claim 22, wherein the second device wirelessly communicates with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave during the allowable period. 前記第2の機器は、
データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、
ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を有し、
前記許容期間において、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項26に記載の無線システム。
The second device is
Transmitting means for transmitting data wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
Receiving means for wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast,
In the allowable period, by repeatedly executing the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit, wireless communication is performed with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave. The wireless system according to claim 26.
前記第2の機器は、前記許容期間において、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該第3の機器と接続した状態で、前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項26に記載の無線システム。 The second device establishes a connection with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave in the allowable period, and in a state of being connected to the third device, 27. The wireless system according to claim 26, which performs wireless communication with the third device. 前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるタイミングとは異なるタイミングで、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行う、請求項21から28の何れかに記載の無線システム。 The second device is connected to the fourth device as a slave at a timing different from the timing at which the synchronous communication is performed between the first device and the second device. 29. The wireless system according to claim 21, which wirelessly communicates with the device. 前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器とは、同期通信を繰り返し行い、
前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器とは、同期通信を繰り返し行う、請求項1から29の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The first device and the second device repeatedly perform synchronous communication,
30. The wireless system according to claim 1, wherein the fourth device and the third device repeatedly perform synchronous communication.
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信と、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信と、のうちの少なくとも何れか一方の同期通信のタイミングを調整する調整手段をさらに備える、請求項30に記載の無線システム。 Timing of synchronous communication of at least one of synchronous communication between the first device and the second device and synchronous communication between the fourth device and the third device 31. The wireless system according to claim 30, further comprising adjusting means for adjusting. 前記第2の機器が前記調整手段を備える、請求項31に記載の無線システム。 32. The wireless system according to claim 31, wherein the second device includes the adjusting unit. 前記調整手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングと、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信のタイミングと、が近くなるように調整する、請求項31又は32に記載の無線システム。 The adjustment means makes the timing of synchronous communication between the first device and the second device close to the timing of synchronous communication between the fourth device and the third device. 33. The wireless system according to claim 31 or 32, which is adjusted as follows. 前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含み、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記調整手段は、前記許容期間において前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるように、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信、および、前記第3の機器と前記第4の機器との間の同期通信のうちの少なくとも何れか一方のタイミングを調整する、請求項31から33の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The wireless system includes an allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connecting the first device and the second device,
The second device is
In a state of being connected to the first device, it has a determining means for determining whether to execute synchronous communication with the first device based on the allowable period,
The adjusting means may perform synchronous communication between the first device and the second device so that synchronous communication between the first device and the second device is performed in the allowable period. 34. The wireless system according to claim 31, wherein the timing of at least one of synchronous communication between the third device and the fourth device is adjusted.
前記第2の機器は、前記調整手段を有し、
前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器との間で行われる前記同期通信のタイミングを示す情報を送信し、
前記第2の機器は、前記第3の機器から送信された情報に基づいて、前記第1の機器との間で行われる前記同期通信のタイミングを調整する、請求項31から34の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The second device has the adjusting means,
The third device transmits information indicating the timing of the synchronous communication performed with the fourth device,
35. The method according to claim 31, wherein the second device adjusts the timing of the synchronous communication performed with the first device based on the information transmitted from the third device. The wireless system described.
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器が接続された状態において、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器とは、同期通信を繰り返し行い、
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるタイミングにおいて、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信よりも前記第1の機器との間の無線通信を優先して行う、請求項1から35の何れかに記載の無線システム。
In a state where the first device and the second device are connected, the first device and the second device repeatedly perform synchronous communication,
The second device is more than the wireless communication between the second device and the third device at the timing when the synchronous communication between the first device and the second device is performed. The wireless system according to claim 1, wherein the wireless communication with the first device is preferentially performed.
前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含み、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段と、
前記許容期間において前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の同期通信が行われるように、前記第3の機器との通信又は前記第1の機器との通信の少なくともいずれか一方を制御する通信制御手段とを有する、請求項36に記載の無線システム。
The wireless system includes an allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connecting the first device and the second device,
The second device is
Determination means for determining whether or not to perform synchronous communication with the first device based on the allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device,
At least one of communication with the third device or communication with the first device is performed so that synchronous communication is performed between the first device and the second device in the allowable period. 37. The wireless system according to claim 36, further comprising a communication control unit for controlling.
前記第2の機器は、
データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、
ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を有し、
前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とをスレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で繰り返し実行することにより、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と接続を確立せずに無線通信を行い、
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器との同期通信のタイミングと、前記第3の機器との無線通信のタイミングとが重なる場合、前記第1の機器との同期通信を優先して行う、請求項36又は37に記載の無線システム。
The second device is
Transmitting means for transmitting data wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
Receiving means for wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast,
By repeatedly executing the transmitting process by the transmitting unit and the receiving process by the receiving unit in a state of being connected to the first device as a slave, the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave. Wireless communication without establishing a connection with
When the timing of synchronous communication with the first device and the timing of wireless communication with the third device overlap, the second device preferentially performs the synchronous communication with the first device. The wireless system according to claim 36 or 37.
前記第2の機器は、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と接続を確立し、当該第3の機器と接続された状態において、当該第3の機器と無線通信を行い、
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器との同期通信が行われるタイミングと、前記第3の機器との間の接続における無線通信のタイミングとが重なる場合、前記第1の機器との通信を優先して行う、請求項36又は37に記載の無線システム。
The second device establishes a connection as the slave with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device, and in a state of being connected to the third device, wirelessly communicates with the third device. To communicate,
The second device communicates with the first device when the timing of the synchronous communication with the first device and the timing of the wireless communication in the connection with the third device overlap. 38. The wireless system according to claim 36 or 37, wherein priority is given to.
前記無線システムは、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段を含み、
前記第2の機器及び第3の機器は、
互いに接続された状態において、前記第2の機器及び第3の機器との間の同期通信を実行し、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第2許容期間において前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の同期通信が行われるように、前記第3の機器との通信又は前記第1の機器との通信の少なくとも何れか一方を制御する通信制御手段を有する、請求項36から39の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The wireless system includes second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connecting the second device and the third device,
The second device and the third device are
In a state of being connected to each other, performing synchronous communication with the second device and the third device,
The third device is
A state of being connected to the second device, and based on the second allowable period, a determination means for determining whether or not to perform synchronous communication with the second device,
The second device is
At least one of communication with the third device and communication with the first device so that synchronous communication is performed between the second device and the third device in the second allowable period. 40. The wireless system according to claim 36, further comprising communication control means for controlling one of them.
前記第2の機器は、前記第3の機器との間の接続における同期通信の時間間隔を設定し、当該設定した時間間隔で、前記第3の機器と同期通信を行い、
前記第2の機器は、前記第3の機器との同期通信の時間間隔を調整することにより、前記第1の機器との通信を優先して行う、請求項1から40の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The second device sets a time interval of synchronous communication in connection with the third device, and performs synchronous communication with the third device at the set time interval.
The second device according to any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein the second device preferentially performs communication with the first device by adjusting a time interval of synchronous communication with the third device. Wireless system.
前記無線システムは、
前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段と、
前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第3許容期間を設定する第3許容期間設定手段とを含み、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記第4の機器は、
前記第3の機器と接続された状態において、前記第3の機器との同期通信を実行し、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第4の機器と接続された状態において、前記第3許容期間に基づいて、前記第4の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定し、
前記第3の機器は、前記第4の機器との同期通信を、前記第2の機器との同期通信よりも優先して実行する、請求項40に記載の無線システム。
The wireless system is
Second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connecting the second device and the third device,
A third allowable period setting means for setting a third allowable period for connecting the fourth device and the third device,
The third device is
A state of being connected to the second device, and based on the second allowable period, a determination means for determining whether or not to perform synchronous communication with the second device,
The fourth device is
In a state of being connected to the third device, synchronous communication with the third device is executed,
The third device is
In a state of being connected to the fourth device, it is determined whether to perform synchronous communication with the fourth device based on the third allowable period,
The wireless system according to claim 40, wherein the third device preferentially executes the synchronous communication with the fourth device over the synchronous communication with the second device.
前記第3の機器は、前記第2の機器との通信状況に応じて、前記第4の機器に対して前記第3許容期間を変更するための変更要求を送信する第3許容期間変更手段を有する、請求項42に記載の無線システム。 The third device includes a third permissible period changing means for transmitting a change request for changing the third permissible period to the fourth device according to a communication status with the second device. 43. The wireless system of claim 42, having. 前記第2の機器は、
無線通信の間隔を設定する間隔設定手段を含み、
スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、当該接続を確立した後、前記間隔設定手段によって設定された間隔で前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の無線通信を行う、請求項1から43の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The second device is
Including interval setting means for setting the interval of wireless communication,
As a slave, a connection is established between the fourth device and the third device, and after the connection is established, the second device is connected to the second device at an interval set by the interval setting means. The wireless system according to any one of claims 1 to 43, which performs wireless communication between the third devices.
前記無線システムは、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含み、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記間隔設定手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器の間の接続の許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信の間隔を設定する、請求項44に記載の無線システム。
The wireless system includes an allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period for connecting the first device and the second device,
The second device is
In a state of being connected to the first device, it has a determining means for determining whether to execute synchronous communication with the first device based on the allowable period,
The interval setting means sets an interval of wireless communication between the second device and the third device based on a permissible period of connection between the first device and the second device. The wireless system according to claim 44.
前記第2の機器の間隔設定手段は、前記第1の機器と第2の機器との間の通信の状況に応じて、前記第3の機器との通信の時間間隔を設定する、請求項44又は45に記載の無線システム。 45. The interval setting means of the second device sets a time interval of communication with the third device according to a communication situation between the first device and the second device. Or the wireless system according to 45. 前記無線システムは、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段を含み、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記第2許容期間設定手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器の間の通信の状況に応じて、前記第2許容期間を設定する、請求項44から46の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The wireless system includes second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connection between the second device and the third device,
The third device is
A state of being connected to the second device, and based on the second allowable period, a determination means for determining whether to perform synchronous communication with the second device,
47. The second allowable period setting means sets the second allowable period according to a communication state between the first device and the second device, according to claim 44. Wireless system.
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器とは、同期通信を第1の時間間隔で行い、
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と接続されている間に、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、前記第1の時間間隔とは異なる第2の時間間隔で前記第3の機器と同期通信を行う、請求項1から47の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The first device and the second device perform synchronous communication at a first time interval,
The second device establishes a connection with the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave while being connected to the first device, The wireless system according to any one of claims 1 to 47, which performs synchronous communication with the third device at a second time interval different from the time interval of.
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の時間間隔よりも前記第2の時間間隔の方が短くなるように、前記第2の時間間隔を設定する、請求項48に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 48, wherein the second device sets the second time interval such that the second time interval is shorter than the first time interval. 前記無線システムは、
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための第1許容期間を設定する第1許容期間設定手段と、
前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段と、を含み、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記第1許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記第2許容期間設定手段は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器の間の通信の状況又は前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の通信の状況の少なくともいずれか一方に応じて、前記第1許容期間よりも短くなるように前記第2許容期間を設定する、請求項1から49の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The wireless system is
First allowable period setting means for setting a first allowable period for connecting the first device and the second device,
A second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connecting the second device and the third device,
The second device is
In a state of being connected to the first device, it has a determination means for determining whether to perform synchronous communication with the first device based on the first allowable period,
The third device is
A state of being connected to the second device, and based on the second allowable period, a determination means for determining whether or not to perform synchronous communication with the second device,
The second permissible period setting means sets at least one of a communication state between the first device and the second device or a communication state between the second device and the third device. The wireless system according to claim 1, wherein the second allowable period is set so as to be shorter than the first allowable period.
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の時間間隔よりも前記第2の時間間隔の方が長くなるように、前記第2の時間間隔を設定する、請求項48に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 48, wherein the second device sets the second time interval such that the second time interval is longer than the first time interval. 前記無線システムは、
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続のための第1許容期間を設定する第1許容期間設定手段と、
前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との接続のための第2許容期間を設定する第2許容期間設定手段と、を含み、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記第1許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第2の機器と接続された状態において、前記第2許容期間に基づいて、前記第2の機器との同期通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段を有し、
前記第2許容期間設定手段は、前記第1許容期間よりも長くなるように前記第2許容期間を設定する、請求項1から48、51の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The wireless system is
First allowable period setting means for setting a first allowable period for connecting the first device and the second device,
A second allowable period setting means for setting a second allowable period for connecting the second device and the third device,
The second device is
In a state of being connected to the first device, it has a determination means for determining whether to perform synchronous communication with the first device based on the first allowable period,
The third device is
A state of being connected to the second device, and based on the second allowable period, a determination means for determining whether or not to perform synchronous communication with the second device,
52. The wireless system according to claim 1, wherein the second allowable period setting means sets the second allowable period to be longer than the first allowable period.
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続されている間に、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立し、
前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の接続よりも、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の接続を優先する、請求項1から52の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The second device is
While being connected to the first device, a connection is established between the third device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave,
53. The radio according to claim 1, wherein the connection between the first device and the second device is prioritized over the connection between the second device and the third device. system.
前記第2の機器は、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の接続状況に応じて、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の通信を制限する、請求項53に記載の無線システム。 The second device limits communication between the second device and the third device according to a connection state between the first device and the second device. 53. The wireless system according to 53. 前記第2の機器は、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の接続を維持すれば、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の接続が解除される場合、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器の間の接続を解除する、請求項54に記載の無線システム。 If the second device maintains the connection between the second device and the third device, and the connection between the first device and the second device is released, 55. The wireless system according to claim 54, which disconnects the connection between the second device and the third device. 前記第2の機器は、
データを無線で送信する送信手段と、
前記送信手段によるデータの送信とは異なるタイミングでデータを無線で受信する受信手段と、を含み、
前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し行い、
前記送信手段は、次以降に自機で行われる前記送信処理及び/又は前記受信処理のタイミングを示すタイミング情報を含むデータを送信する、請求項1から55の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The second device is
Transmission means for transmitting data wirelessly,
A receiving unit that wirelessly receives data at a timing different from the transmission of the data by the transmitting unit,
The transmitting process by the transmitting unit and the receiving process by the receiving unit are repeatedly performed,
The wireless system according to any one of claims 1 to 55, wherein the transmitting unit transmits data including timing information indicating a timing of the transmitting process and/or the receiving process performed by the device thereafter.
前記第2の機器の送信手段は、前記タイミング情報を含むデータをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信する、請求項56に記載の無線システム。 57. The wireless system according to claim 56, wherein the transmitting unit of the second device transmits the data including the timing information by broadcast or multicast. 前記第2の機器の送信手段は、他の機器からブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを受信したことに応じて、前記タイミング情報を含むデータを送信する、請求項56又は57に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 56 or 57, wherein the transmission unit of the second device transmits data including the timing information in response to receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast from another device. .. 前記第3の機器は、
データを無線で送信する送信処理と、データを無線で受信する受信処理とを繰り返し行い、
前記第2の機器からの前記タイミング情報に基づいて、前記送信処理及び/又は前記受信処理を行うタイミングを調整する、請求項56から58の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The third device is
Repeat the transmission process of transmitting data wirelessly and the reception process of receiving data wirelessly,
59. The wireless system according to claim 56, wherein the timing of performing the transmission process and/or the reception process is adjusted based on the timing information from the second device.
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の無線通信、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信、および、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信は、全て同じ通信規格に基づいて行われる、請求項1から59の何れかに記載の無線システム。 Wireless communication between the first device and the second device, wireless communication between the fourth device and the third device, and the second device and the third device The wireless system according to any one of claims 1 to 59, wherein wireless communication between the terminals is performed based on the same communication standard. 前記各機器は、電波の周波数を切り替えながら前記無線通信を行う、請求項60に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 60, wherein each of the devices performs the wireless communication while switching the frequency of a radio wave. 前記各機器は、複数の異なる所定の周波数を切り替えながら前記無線通信を行う、請求項61に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 61, wherein each of the devices performs the wireless communication while switching a plurality of different predetermined frequencies. 前記通信規格は、Bluetooth Low Energyである、請求項60から62の何れかに記載の無線システム。 63. The wireless system according to claim 60, wherein the communication standard is Bluetooth Low Energy. 前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間の無線通信、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信、および、前記第2の機器と前記第3の機器との間の無線通信は、全て同じ所定の周波数帯で行われる、請求項1から63の何れかに記載の無線システム。 Wireless communication between the first device and the second device, wireless communication between the fourth device and the third device, and the second device and the third device 64. The wireless system according to any one of claims 1 to 63, wherein wireless communication between the two is performed in the same predetermined frequency band. 前記周波数帯は2.4GHz帯である、請求項64に記載の無線システム。 65. The wireless system according to claim 64, wherein the frequency band is the 2.4 GHz band. 前記探索は、3つのチャネルを切り替えながら行われる、請求項12に記載の無線システム。 The wireless system according to claim 12, wherein the search is performed while switching three channels. Bluetooth Low Energy(BLE)規格に基づく無線通信を行うことが可能な複数の機器を含む無線システムであって、
前記無線システムは、第1の機器と、第2の機器と、第4の機器と、第3の機器とを含み、
前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器をセントラルとし、前記第2の機器をペリフェラルとして、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で接続を確立してBLE規格に基づいた無線通信を行い、
前記第4の機器及び前記第3の機器は、
前記第4の機器をセントラルとし、前記第3の機器をペリフェラルとして、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立してBLE規格に基づいた無線通信を行い、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との接続が維持された状態で、ペリフェラルとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器とBLE規格に基づいた無線通信を行う、無線システム。
A wireless system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication based on the Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) standard,
The wireless system includes a first device, a second device, a fourth device, and a third device,
The first device and the second device are
Using the first device as a central device and the second device as a peripheral device, a connection is established between the first device and the second device to perform wireless communication based on the BLE standard,
The fourth device and the third device are
Using the fourth device as a central device and the third device as a peripheral device, a connection is established between the fourth device and the third device to perform wireless communication based on the BLE standard.
The second device is
In a state where the connection between the first device and the second device is maintained, wireless communication based on the BLE standard is performed with the third device that is connected to the fourth device as a peripheral, Wireless system.
複数の機器と無線通信を行うことが可能な無線機器であって、
前記複数の機器のうちの第1の機器をマスターとし、自機をスレーブとして、当該第1の機器との間で接続を確立する接続確立手段と、
スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、当該第1の機器とは異なる第2の機器のスレーブとして接続された状態の第3の機器と無線通信を行う通信手段とを備える、無線機器。
A wireless device capable of wirelessly communicating with a plurality of devices,
A connection establishing unit that establishes a connection with the first device using the first device of the plurality of devices as a master and the device itself as a slave,
A wireless device, which is connected to the first device as a slave, and includes a communication unit that wirelessly communicates with a third device that is connected as a slave of a second device different from the first device. machine.
複数の機器と無線通信を行うことが可能な無線機器のプロセッサにおいて実行可能な通信プログラムであって、前記プロセッサを、
前記複数の機器のうちの第1の機器をマスターとし、前記無線機器をスレーブとして、当該第1の機器との間で接続を確立する接続確立手段と、
前記無線機器がスレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、当該第1の機器とは異なる第2の機器のスレーブとして接続された状態の第3の機器と無線通信を行う通信手段として機能させる、通信プログラム。
A communication program executable in a processor of a wireless device capable of wirelessly communicating with a plurality of devices, the processor comprising:
Connection establishing means for establishing a connection with the first device by using the first device of the plurality of devices as a master and the wireless device as a slave,
As communication means for performing wireless communication with the third device in a state where the wireless device is connected to the first device as a slave and is connected to the second device different from the first device as a slave A communication program that works.
無線通信を行うことが可能な複数の機器を含む無線システムにおいて実行される通信方法であって、
前記無線システムは、第1の機器と、第2の機器と、第3の機器と、第4の機器とを含み、
前記通信方法は、
前記第1の機器をマスターとし、前記第2の機器をスレーブとして、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行うステップと、
前記第4の機器をマスターとし、前記第3の機器をスレーブとして、前記第4の機器と前記第3の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行ステップと、
前記第2の機器が、スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態の前記第3の機器と無線通信を行うステップとを含む、通信方法。
A communication method executed in a wireless system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication,
The wireless system includes a first device, a second device, a third device, and a fourth device,
The communication method is
Using the first device as a master and the second device as a slave, establishing a connection between the first device and the second device to perform wireless communication,
The fourth device as a master, the third device as a slave, establishing a connection between the fourth device and the third device to perform wireless communication,
A step of performing wireless communication with the third device in a state where the second device is connected to the first device as a slave and is connected to the fourth device as a slave. Method.
無線通信を行うことが可能な複数の機器を含む無線システムであって、
前記無線システムは、第1の機器と、第2の機器とを含み、
前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器をマスターとし、前記第2の機器をスレーブとして、前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で接続を確立して無線通信を行い、
前記第2の機器は、
データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、
ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信されたデータを受信する受信手段と、
スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより前記第1の機器とは異なる第3の機器との間で無線通信を行う他機器通信手段とを含む、無線システム。
A wireless system including a plurality of devices capable of wireless communication,
The wireless system includes a first device and a second device,
The first device and the second device are
Using the first device as a master and the second device as a slave, establishing a connection between the first device and the second device to perform wireless communication,
The second device is
Transmitting means for transmitting data wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
Receiving means for receiving data transmitted wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
While connected to the first device as a slave, by repeatedly executing the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit, a third device different from the first device A wireless system including other device communication means for performing wireless communication.
複数の機器と無線通信を行うことが可能な無線機器であって、
前記複数の機器のうちの第1の機器をマスターとし、自機をスレーブとして、当該第1の機器との間で接続を確立する接続確立手段と、
データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、
ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信されたデータを受信する受信手段と、
スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより前記第1の機器とは異なる第3の機器との間で無線通信を行う他機器通信手段とを備える、無線機器。
A wireless device capable of wirelessly communicating with a plurality of devices,
A connection establishing unit that establishes a connection with the first device using the first device of the plurality of devices as a master and the device itself as a slave,
Transmitting means for transmitting data wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
Receiving means for receiving data transmitted wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
While connected to the first device as a slave, by repeatedly executing the transmission process by the transmission unit and the reception process by the reception unit, a third device different from the first device A wireless device comprising: other device communication means for performing wireless communication.
複数の機器と無線通信を行うことが可能な無線機器のプロセッサにおいて実行可能な通信プログラムであって、前記プロセッサを、
前記複数の機器のうちの第1の機器をマスターとし、前記無線機器をスレーブとして、当該第1の機器との間で接続を確立する接続確立手段と、
データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信手段と、
ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信されたデータを受信する受信手段と、
前記無線機器がスレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記送信手段による送信処理と前記受信手段による受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより前記第1の機器とは異なる第3の機器との間で無線通信を行う他機器通信手段として機能させる、通信プログラム。
A communication program executable in a processor of a wireless device capable of wirelessly communicating with a plurality of devices, the processor comprising:
Connection establishing means for establishing a connection with the first device by using the first device of the plurality of devices as a master and the wireless device as a slave,
Transmitting means for transmitting data wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
Receiving means for receiving data transmitted wirelessly by broadcast or multicast;
A third device different from the first device by repeatedly executing the transmitting process by the transmitting unit and the receiving process by the receiving unit in a state where the wireless device is connected to the first device as a slave. A communication program that causes another device to perform wireless communication with another device.
複数の機器と無線通信を行うことが可能な無線機器において実行可能な通信方法であって、
前記複数の機器のうちの第1の機器をマスターとし、前記無線機器をスレーブとして、当該第1の機器との間で接続を確立するステップと、
データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する送信処理を行うステップと、
ブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信されたデータを受信する受信処理を行うステップと、
前記無線機器が前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記送信処理と前記受信処理とを繰り返し実行することにより前記第1の機器とは異なる第3の機器との間で無線通信を行うステップとを含む、通信方法。
A communication method executable in a wireless device capable of wireless communication with a plurality of devices,
Establishing a connection with the first device using the first device of the plurality of devices as a master and the wireless device as a slave;
A step of performing a transmission process of wirelessly transmitting data by broadcast or multicast,
A step of performing a reception process of receiving data wirelessly transmitted by broadcast or multicast,
Wireless communication is performed with a third device different from the first device by repeatedly executing the transmission process and the reception process in a state in which the wireless device is connected to the first device. A method of communication, including the steps of:
前記第2の機器は、
スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する第1処理を実行し、
前記第3の機器は、
スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態で、前記第2の機器の前記第1処理によってブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する第2処理を実行する、請求項1から66の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The second device is
While connected to the first device as a slave, executes a first process of wirelessly transmitting data by broadcast or multicast,
The third device is
67. A second process of wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast by the first process of the second device in a state of being connected to the fourth device as a slave, 67. The wireless system according to any one of 1.
前記第3の機器は、
スレーブとして前記第4の機器と接続された状態で、データをブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで無線で送信する第3処理を実行し、
前記第2の機器は、
スレーブとして前記第1の機器と接続された状態で、前記第3の機器の前記第3処理によってブロードキャスト又はマルチキャストで送信されたデータを無線で受信する第4処理を実行し、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1処理と前記第4処理を交互に繰り返し実行する第1実行手段を有し、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第2処理と前記第3処理を交互に繰り返し実行する第2実行手段を有する、請求項75に記載の無線システム。
The third device is
While connected to the fourth device as a slave, executes a third process of wirelessly transmitting data by broadcast or multicast,
The second device is
While connected to the first device as a slave, a fourth process of wirelessly receiving data transmitted by broadcast or multicast by the third process of the third device is executed,
The second device is
A first execution unit that alternately and repeatedly executes the first process and the fourth process,
The third device is
76. The wireless system according to claim 75, further comprising a second execution unit that alternately and repeatedly executes the second processing and the third processing.
前記第1処理と前記第4処理との間には、前記第1処理および前記第4処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が存在し、
前記第2処理と前記第3処理との間には、前記第2処理および前記第3処理の何れも行われないスリープ期間が存在する、請求項76に記載の無線システム。
There is a sleep period in which neither the first process nor the fourth process is performed between the first process and the fourth process,
The wireless system according to claim 76, wherein a sleep period in which neither the second process nor the third process is performed is present between the second process and the third process.
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1実行手段によって実行された前記第1処理によって送信されたデータを受信した前記第3の機器との接続処理、又は、前記第1実行手段によって実行された前記第4処理によって受信したデータを送信した前記第3の機器との接続処理を実行する第1接続処理手段を有し、
前記第3の機器は、
前記第2実行手段によって実行された前記第2処理によって受信したデータを送信した前記第2の機器との接続処理、又は、前記第2実行手段によって実行された前記第3処理によって送信されたデータを受信した前記第2の機器との接続処理を実行する第2接続処理手段を有する、請求項76又は77に記載の無線システム。
The second device is
Connection processing with the third device that has received the data transmitted by the first processing executed by the first execution means, or data received by the fourth processing executed by the first execution means Having a first connection processing means for executing connection processing with the third device that has transmitted
The third device is
Data transmitted by the connection processing with the second device that transmitted the data received by the second processing executed by the second execution means, or data transmitted by the third processing executed by the second execution means 78. The wireless system according to claim 76 or 77, further comprising a second connection processing unit that executes a connection process with the second device that receives the message.
前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器は、
互いに接続された状態において、前記第1の機器及び前記第2の機器との間の同期通信を繰り返し行い、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器との同期通信が実行されるタイミングを避けて前記第3の機器との間の無線通信を行う通信制御手段を有する、請求項1から66の何れか又は請求項75から78の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The first device and the second device are
In a state where they are connected to each other, synchronous communication is repeatedly performed between the first device and the second device,
The second device is
79. Any one of claims 1 to 66 or claims 75 to 78, comprising communication control means for performing wireless communication with the third device while avoiding a timing at which synchronous communication with the first device is executed. The wireless system according to any one of 1.
前記無線システムは、
前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で行われる所定の通信に係る許容期間を設定する許容期間設定手段を含み、
前記第2の機器は、
前記第1の機器と接続された状態において、前記許容期間に基づいて、前記第1の機器との所定の通信を実行すべきか否かを判定する判定手段と、
前記判定手段によって実行すべきと判定された所定の通信が前記第1の機器と前記第2の機器との間で実行されるように、当該実行すべきと判定された所定の通信が行われるタイミングを避けて前記第3の機器との無線通信を行う通信制御手段とを有する、請求項1から66の何れか又は請求項75から79の何れかに記載の無線システム。
The wireless system is
An allowable period setting means for setting an allowable period related to a predetermined communication performed between the first device and the second device;
The second device is
Determination means for determining whether or not predetermined communication with the first device should be performed based on the allowable period in a state of being connected to the first device;
The predetermined communication determined to be performed is performed so that the predetermined communication determined to be performed by the determination unit is performed between the first device and the second device. The radio system according to any one of claims 1 to 66 or any one of claims 75 to 79, further comprising a communication control unit that performs radio communication with the third device while avoiding timing.
JP2020082697A 2015-07-31 2020-05-08 Wireless systems, wireless devices, communication programs, and communication methods Active JP6938716B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015152748 2015-07-31
JP2015152748 2015-07-31
JP2016010985A JP6703406B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2016-01-22 Wireless system, wireless device, communication program, and communication method

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2016010985A Division JP6703406B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2016-01-22 Wireless system, wireless device, communication program, and communication method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2020127238A true JP2020127238A (en) 2020-08-20
JP6938716B2 JP6938716B2 (en) 2021-09-22

Family

ID=57989113

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2016010985A Active JP6703406B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2016-01-22 Wireless system, wireless device, communication program, and communication method
JP2020082697A Active JP6938716B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2020-05-08 Wireless systems, wireless devices, communication programs, and communication methods

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2016010985A Active JP6703406B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2016-01-22 Wireless system, wireless device, communication program, and communication method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6703406B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3576441A1 (en) * 2018-05-31 2019-12-04 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Device for wireless communication handover
CN110191442B (en) * 2019-04-18 2021-05-11 华为技术有限公司 Bluetooth connection method, equipment and system

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001189689A (en) * 1999-12-28 2001-07-10 Toshiba Corp Communication device and its control method
JP2003516033A (en) * 1999-12-06 2003-05-07 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン(パブル) A piconet establishment method based on route search
JP2003516095A (en) * 1999-12-06 2003-05-07 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン(パブル) Communication system and method in an ad hoc network
JP2013165467A (en) * 2012-02-13 2013-08-22 Toshiba Corp Radio communication apparatus and radio communication method
US20140357192A1 (en) * 2013-06-04 2014-12-04 Tal Azogui Systems and methods for connectionless proximity determination

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003516033A (en) * 1999-12-06 2003-05-07 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン(パブル) A piconet establishment method based on route search
JP2003516095A (en) * 1999-12-06 2003-05-07 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン(パブル) Communication system and method in an ad hoc network
JP2001189689A (en) * 1999-12-28 2001-07-10 Toshiba Corp Communication device and its control method
JP2013165467A (en) * 2012-02-13 2013-08-22 Toshiba Corp Radio communication apparatus and radio communication method
US20140357192A1 (en) * 2013-06-04 2014-12-04 Tal Azogui Systems and methods for connectionless proximity determination

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6703406B2 (en) 2020-06-03
JP2017034654A (en) 2017-02-09
JP6938716B2 (en) 2021-09-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7016340B2 (en) Wireless systems, wireless devices, communication programs, and communication methods
EP3125641B1 (en) Wireless system, wireless device, non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having stored therein communication program, and communication method
US10397868B2 (en) Wireless system, wireless device, non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having stored therein communication program, and communication method
JP6235135B2 (en) System and method for establishing synchronization across multiple networks and participating STAs via operation on a known common channel
US10548068B2 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling electronic device in wireless communication system supporting bluetooth communication
US9706600B2 (en) Connectionless Wi-Fi mesh communication
JP6385460B2 (en) System and method for operating a device in a data path group network
JP6266841B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20170223579A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling electronic device in wireless communication system supporting bluetooth communication
US10524298B2 (en) Method and apparatus for sending and receiving data on Bluetooth
KR102534799B1 (en) Data capture across device
US20170215113A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling electronic device in wireless communication system supporting bluetooth communication
TW201639401A (en) Schedule selection and connection setup between devices participating in a NAN data link
JP2018520580A (en) Method, apparatus and computer program product for service discovery proxy for wireless communication
US9042828B2 (en) Method, apparatus, and computer program product for optimized discovery between mobile devices
KR20160030970A (en) Context-aware proximity services
WO2013057360A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and computer program product for filtering list in wireless request
KR20170067774A (en) Method and apparatus to improve wireless device performance
GB2521500A (en) Exchanging configuration information wirelessly
JP6938716B2 (en) Wireless systems, wireless devices, communication programs, and communication methods
WO2017166032A1 (en) Method and device for nan device to send sync beacon message
JP2018046436A (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
CA3189153A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
Taranovs et al. Medium access protocol for efficient communication in clustered wireless sensor networks
TW202404386A (en) A communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20200508

A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20200508

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20210831

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20210901

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6938716

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150